1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
35 #include "gdbthread.h"
38 #include "gdb_string.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
50 #include "gdb_assert.h"
55 #include "exceptions.h"
61 #include "xml-syscall.h"
62 #include "parser-defs.h"
63 #include "gdb_regex.h"
65 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
66 #include "continuations.h"
69 #include "gdb_regex.h"
71 #include "dummy-frame.h"
75 /* readline include files */
76 #include "readline/readline.h"
77 #include "readline/history.h"
79 /* readline defines this. */
82 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
83 #include "python/python.h"
85 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
86 enum exception_event_kind
93 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
95 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
97 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
99 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
101 static void disable_command (char *, int);
103 static void enable_command (char *, int);
105 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint *,
109 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
111 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
113 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *);
115 static void create_sals_from_address_default (char **,
116 struct linespec_result *,
120 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *,
121 struct linespec_result *,
122 char *, char *, enum bptype,
123 enum bpdisp, int, int,
125 const struct breakpoint_ops *,
126 int, int, int, unsigned);
128 static void decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *, char **,
129 struct symtabs_and_lines *);
131 static void clear_command (char *, int);
133 static void catch_command (char *, int);
135 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *);
137 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
139 static void mention (struct breakpoint *);
141 static struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *,
143 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
144 static struct bp_location *add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *,
145 const struct symtab_and_line *);
147 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
149 struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
150 struct symtab_and_line,
152 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
154 static struct breakpoint *
155 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
157 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops);
159 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR, CORE_ADDR, int, int);
161 static CORE_ADDR adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
165 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *,
166 struct program_space *, CORE_ADDR,
167 struct obj_section *, int);
169 static int breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1,
171 struct address_space *aspace2,
174 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
175 struct bp_location *loc2);
177 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
178 struct address_space *aspace,
181 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
183 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
185 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
186 int (*) (const struct breakpoint *));
188 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
190 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
192 static void commands_command (char *, int);
194 static void condition_command (char *, int);
203 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
204 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
206 static enum print_stop_action print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs);
208 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
210 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
212 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
214 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *);
216 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
218 int *other_type_used);
220 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
222 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
224 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *, enum bpdisp,
227 static void stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
229 static void stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
231 static void stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
233 static void tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
235 static void detach_single_step_breakpoints (void);
237 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *,
240 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
241 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
242 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **loc);
244 static struct bp_location *allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt);
246 static void update_global_location_list (int);
248 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
250 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt);
252 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
254 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b);
256 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
258 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
260 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
262 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
264 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
266 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num);
268 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b);
270 static struct bp_location **get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address);
272 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
275 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b);
277 /* The abstract base class all breakpoint_ops structures inherit
279 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops;
281 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
282 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
283 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
284 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
286 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
287 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops;
289 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
290 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops;
292 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception class type. */
293 static struct breakpoint_ops longjmp_breakpoint_ops;
295 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
297 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
299 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
300 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
302 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
303 struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
305 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
306 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
307 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
308 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
309 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
310 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
312 static const char dprintf_style_gdb[] = "gdb";
313 static const char dprintf_style_call[] = "call";
314 static const char dprintf_style_agent[] = "agent";
315 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums[] = {
321 static const char *dprintf_style = dprintf_style_gdb;
323 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
324 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
325 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
326 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
328 static char *dprintf_function = "";
330 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
331 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
332 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
333 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
334 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
335 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
336 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
338 static char *dprintf_channel = "";
340 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
342 static int disconnected_dprintf = 1;
344 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
345 breakpoints share a single command list. */
346 struct counted_command_line
348 /* The reference count. */
351 /* The command list. */
352 struct command_line *commands;
355 struct command_line *
356 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint *b)
358 return b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
361 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
362 current breakpoint. */
364 static int breakpoint_proceeded;
367 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp)
369 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
370 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
372 static const char * const bpdisps[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
374 return bpdisps[(int) disp];
377 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
378 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
379 if such is available. */
380 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints;
383 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
384 struct cmd_list_element *c,
387 fprintf_filtered (file,
388 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
389 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
393 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
394 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
395 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
396 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
397 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support;
399 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
400 struct cmd_list_element *c,
403 fprintf_filtered (file,
404 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
405 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
409 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
410 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
411 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
412 use hardware breakpoints. */
413 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints;
415 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
416 struct cmd_list_element *c,
419 fprintf_filtered (file,
420 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
424 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
425 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
426 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
427 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
428 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
430 static enum auto_boolean always_inserted_mode = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
433 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
434 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
436 if (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO)
437 fprintf_filtered (file,
438 _("Always inserted breakpoint "
439 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
441 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
443 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
448 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
450 return (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
451 || (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO && non_stop));
454 static const char condition_evaluation_both[] = "host or target";
456 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
457 static const char condition_evaluation_auto[] = "auto";
458 static const char condition_evaluation_host[] = "host";
459 static const char condition_evaluation_target[] = "target";
460 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums[] = {
461 condition_evaluation_auto,
462 condition_evaluation_host,
463 condition_evaluation_target,
467 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
468 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_auto;
470 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
471 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
472 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_auto;
474 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
475 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
476 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
480 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode)
482 if (mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
484 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
485 return condition_evaluation_target;
487 return condition_evaluation_host;
493 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
496 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
498 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
501 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
505 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
507 const char *mode = breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
509 return (mode == condition_evaluation_host);
512 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
514 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
515 static int executing_breakpoint_commands;
517 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
518 static int overlay_events_enabled;
520 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
521 int target_exact_watchpoints = 0;
523 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
524 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
525 current breakpoint. */
527 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
529 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
530 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
531 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
534 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
535 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
536 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
538 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
539 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
540 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
543 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
544 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
545 to where the loop should start from.
546 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
547 appropriate location to start with. */
549 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
550 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
551 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
553 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count \
554 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
557 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
559 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
560 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
561 if (is_tracepoint (B))
563 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
565 struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain;
567 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
569 static struct bp_location **bp_location;
571 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
573 static unsigned bp_location_count;
575 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
576 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
577 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
578 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
579 an address you need to read. */
581 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max;
583 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
584 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
585 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
586 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
587 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
589 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max;
591 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
592 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
594 VEC(bp_location_p) *moribund_locations = NULL;
596 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
598 static int breakpoint_count;
600 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
601 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
602 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
603 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
604 static int prev_breakpoint_count;
606 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
608 static int tracepoint_count;
610 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_set_cmdlist;
611 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_show_cmdlist;
612 struct cmd_list_element *save_cmdlist;
614 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
616 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *b)
618 return (b->enable_state == bp_enabled);
621 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
624 set_breakpoint_count (int num)
626 prev_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
627 breakpoint_count = num;
628 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num);
631 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
632 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
633 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
635 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
639 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
641 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
644 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
648 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
650 prev_breakpoint_count = rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
653 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
656 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
658 struct breakpoint *b;
664 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
665 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
667 static struct counted_command_line *
668 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line *commands)
670 struct counted_command_line *result
671 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line));
674 result->commands = commands;
678 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
681 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line *cmd)
687 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
688 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
689 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
692 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
696 if (--(*cmdp)->refc == 0)
698 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp)->commands);
705 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
708 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg)
710 decref_counted_command_line (arg);
713 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
716 static struct cleanup *
717 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
719 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line, cmdp);
723 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
724 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
727 get_breakpoint (int num)
729 struct breakpoint *b;
732 if (b->number == num)
740 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
741 evaluating conditions on its side. */
744 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint *b)
746 struct bp_location *loc;
748 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
749 evaluating conditions and if the user has
750 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
752 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
753 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
756 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
759 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
760 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
763 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
764 evaluating conditions on its side. */
767 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location *loc)
769 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
770 evaluating conditions and if the user has
771 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
773 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
774 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
778 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner))
781 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
784 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
785 condition_evaluation_mode. */
788 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args, int from_tty,
789 struct cmd_list_element *c)
791 const char *old_mode, *new_mode;
793 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1 == condition_evaluation_target)
794 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
796 condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_mode;
797 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
798 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
802 new_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1);
803 old_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
805 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
806 settings was "auto". */
807 condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_mode_1;
809 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
810 if (new_mode != old_mode)
812 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
813 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
814 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
816 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
817 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
820 if (new_mode == condition_evaluation_target)
822 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
824 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
825 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
829 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
830 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
831 target knows about. */
832 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
833 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->inserted)
834 loc->needs_update = 1;
838 update_global_location_list (1);
844 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
845 what "auto" is translating to. */
848 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
849 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
851 if (condition_evaluation_mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
852 fprintf_filtered (file,
853 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
854 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
856 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
858 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
862 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
863 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
864 the more general bp_location_compare function. */
867 bp_location_compare_addrs (const void *ap, const void *bp)
869 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
870 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
872 if (a->address == b->address)
875 return ((a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address));
878 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
879 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
880 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
883 static struct bp_location **
884 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address)
886 struct bp_location dummy_loc;
887 struct bp_location *dummy_locp = &dummy_loc;
888 struct bp_location **locp_found = NULL;
890 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
891 memset (&dummy_loc, 0, sizeof (struct bp_location));
892 dummy_loc.address = address;
894 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
895 locp_found = bsearch (&dummy_locp, bp_location, bp_location_count,
896 sizeof (struct bp_location **),
897 bp_location_compare_addrs);
899 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
900 if (locp_found == NULL)
903 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
904 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
905 while ((locp_found - 1) >= bp_location
906 && (*(locp_found - 1))->address == address)
913 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint *b, char *exp,
916 xfree (b->cond_string);
917 b->cond_string = NULL;
919 if (is_watchpoint (b))
921 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
928 struct bp_location *loc;
930 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
935 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
936 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
937 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
944 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b->number);
948 const char *arg = exp;
950 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
951 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
952 b->cond_string = xstrdup (arg);
953 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
955 if (is_watchpoint (b))
957 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
959 innermost_block = NULL;
961 w->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
963 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
964 w->cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
968 struct bp_location *loc;
970 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
974 parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
975 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
977 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
981 mark_breakpoint_modified (b);
983 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
986 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
988 static VEC (char_ptr) *
989 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
990 const char *text, const char *word)
994 text = skip_spaces_const (text);
995 space = skip_to_space_const (text);
999 struct breakpoint *b;
1000 VEC (char_ptr) *result = NULL;
1004 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1005 if (isdigit (text[1]))
1007 return complete_internalvar (&text[1]);
1010 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1011 len = strlen (text);
1017 xsnprintf (number, sizeof (number), "%d", b->number);
1019 if (strncmp (number, text, len) == 0)
1020 VEC_safe_push (char_ptr, result, xstrdup (number));
1026 /* We're completing the expression part. */
1027 text = skip_spaces_const (space);
1028 return expression_completer (cmd, text, word);
1031 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1034 condition_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1036 struct breakpoint *b;
1041 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1044 bnum = get_number (&p);
1046 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg);
1049 if (b->number == bnum)
1051 /* Check if this breakpoint has a Python object assigned to
1052 it, and if it has a definition of the "stop"
1053 method. This method and conditions entered into GDB from
1054 the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1056 && gdbpy_breakpoint_has_py_cond (b->py_bp_object))
1057 error (_("Cannot set a condition where a Python 'stop' "
1058 "method has been defined in the breakpoint."));
1059 set_breakpoint_condition (b, p, from_tty);
1061 if (is_breakpoint (b))
1062 update_global_location_list (1);
1067 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
1070 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1071 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1072 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1075 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line *commands)
1077 struct command_line *c;
1079 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1083 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1084 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1085 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1087 for (i = 0; i < c->body_count; ++i)
1088 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c->body_list)[i]);
1090 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1091 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1092 command directly. */
1093 if (strstr (c->line, "collect ") == c->line)
1094 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1096 if (strstr (c->line, "teval ") == c->line)
1097 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1101 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1104 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type)
1106 return (type == bp_tracepoint
1107 || type == bp_fast_tracepoint
1108 || type == bp_static_tracepoint);
1112 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
1114 return is_tracepoint_type (b->type);
1117 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1118 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1122 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
1123 struct command_line *commands)
1125 if (is_tracepoint (b))
1127 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
1128 struct command_line *c;
1129 struct command_line *while_stepping = 0;
1131 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1132 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1136 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1137 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1138 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1139 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1140 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1141 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1142 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1143 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1144 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1145 tracepoint's context. */
1146 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1148 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1150 if (b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
1151 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1152 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1153 else if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1154 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1155 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1158 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1159 "can be used only once"));
1164 validate_actionline (c->line, b);
1168 struct command_line *c2;
1170 gdb_assert (while_stepping->body_count == 1);
1171 c2 = while_stepping->body_list[0];
1172 for (; c2; c2 = c2->next)
1174 if (c2->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1175 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1181 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands);
1185 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1186 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1189 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr)
1191 struct breakpoint *b;
1192 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
1193 struct bp_location *loc;
1196 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1198 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1199 if (loc->address == addr)
1200 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
1206 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1207 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1210 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint *b,
1211 struct command_line *commands)
1213 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, commands);
1215 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1216 b->commands = alloc_counted_command_line (commands);
1217 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1220 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1221 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1225 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint *b, int silent)
1227 int old_silent = b->silent;
1230 if (old_silent != silent)
1231 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1234 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1235 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1238 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b, int thread)
1240 int old_thread = b->thread;
1243 if (old_thread != thread)
1244 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1247 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1248 breakpoint work for any task. */
1251 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint *b, int task)
1253 int old_task = b->task;
1256 if (old_task != task)
1257 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1261 check_tracepoint_command (char *line, void *closure)
1263 struct breakpoint *b = closure;
1265 validate_actionline (line, b);
1268 /* A structure used to pass information through
1269 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1271 struct commands_info
1273 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1276 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1279 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1280 already-parsed command. */
1281 struct command_line *control;
1283 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1285 struct counted_command_line *cmd;
1288 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1289 commands_command. */
1292 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint *b, void *data)
1294 struct commands_info *info = data;
1296 if (info->cmd == NULL)
1298 struct command_line *l;
1300 if (info->control != NULL)
1301 l = copy_command_lines (info->control->body_list[0]);
1304 struct cleanup *old_chain;
1307 str = xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1308 "%s, one per line."),
1311 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, str);
1313 l = read_command_lines (str,
1316 ? check_tracepoint_command : 0),
1319 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1322 info->cmd = alloc_counted_command_line (l);
1325 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1327 if (b->commands != info->cmd)
1329 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, info->cmd->commands);
1330 incref_counted_command_line (info->cmd);
1331 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1332 b->commands = info->cmd;
1333 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1338 commands_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
1339 struct command_line *control)
1341 struct cleanup *cleanups;
1342 struct commands_info info;
1344 info.from_tty = from_tty;
1345 info.control = control;
1347 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1348 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1349 cleanups = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info.cmd);
1351 if (arg == NULL || !*arg)
1353 if (breakpoint_count - prev_breakpoint_count > 1)
1354 arg = xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count + 1,
1356 else if (breakpoint_count > 0)
1357 arg = xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count);
1360 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
1361 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
1362 numbers will fail in this case. */
1367 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1369 arg = xstrdup (arg);
1372 make_cleanup (xfree, arg);
1376 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_commands_command, &info);
1378 if (info.cmd == NULL)
1379 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1381 do_cleanups (cleanups);
1385 commands_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1387 commands_command_1 (arg, from_tty, NULL);
1390 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1391 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1393 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1394 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1395 enum command_control_type
1396 commands_from_control_command (char *arg, struct command_line *cmd)
1398 commands_command_1 (arg, 0, cmd);
1399 return simple_control;
1402 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1405 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location *bl)
1407 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
1411 if (bl->target_info.shadow_len == 0)
1412 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1417 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1418 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1420 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1421 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1422 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1424 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1425 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1426 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1427 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1428 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1429 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1430 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1431 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1433 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1436 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte *readbuf, gdb_byte *writebuf,
1437 const gdb_byte *writebuf_org,
1438 ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len)
1440 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1442 unsigned bc_l, bc_r, bc;
1444 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1445 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1446 report higher one. */
1449 bc_r = bp_location_count;
1450 while (bc_l + 1 < bc_r)
1452 struct bp_location *bl;
1454 bc = (bc_l + bc_r) / 2;
1455 bl = bp_location[bc];
1457 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1458 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1459 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1460 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1462 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1463 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1464 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1466 if ((bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1468 && (bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1475 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1476 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1477 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1478 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1479 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1482 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1484 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1485 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1486 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1489 && bp_location[bc_l]->address == bp_location[bc_l - 1]->address)
1492 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1494 for (bc = bc_l; bc < bp_location_count; bc++)
1496 struct bp_location *bl = bp_location[bc];
1497 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
1501 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1502 if (bl->owner->type == bp_none)
1503 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1506 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1509 if (bl->address >= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1510 && memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1511 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max))
1514 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
1516 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->target_info.placed_address_space, 0,
1517 current_program_space->aspace, 0))
1520 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1522 bp_addr = bl->target_info.placed_address;
1523 bp_size = bl->target_info.shadow_len;
1525 if (bp_addr + bp_size <= memaddr)
1526 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
1530 if (bp_addr >= memaddr + len)
1531 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1535 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1536 if (bp_addr < memaddr)
1538 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1539 bp_size -= memaddr - bp_addr;
1540 bptoffset = memaddr - bp_addr;
1544 if (bp_addr + bp_size > memaddr + len)
1546 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1547 bp_size -= (bp_addr + bp_size) - (memaddr + len);
1550 if (readbuf != NULL)
1552 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with
1553 the shadow_contents buffer. */
1554 gdb_assert (bl->target_info.shadow_contents >= readbuf + len
1555 || readbuf >= (bl->target_info.shadow_contents
1556 + bl->target_info.shadow_len));
1558 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1560 memcpy (readbuf + bp_addr - memaddr,
1561 bl->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset, bp_size);
1565 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = bl->gdbarch;
1566 const unsigned char *bp;
1567 CORE_ADDR placed_address = bl->target_info.placed_address;
1568 int placed_size = bl->target_info.placed_size;
1570 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1571 memcpy (bl->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset,
1572 writebuf_org + bp_addr - memaddr, bp_size);
1574 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1576 bp = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch, &placed_address, &placed_size);
1578 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1579 breakpoint's INSN. */
1580 memcpy (writebuf + bp_addr - memaddr, bp + bptoffset, bp_size);
1586 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1590 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1592 return (bpt->type == bp_breakpoint
1593 || bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
1594 || bpt->type == bp_dprintf);
1597 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1600 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1602 return (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
1603 || bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint
1604 || bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint);
1607 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1611 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1613 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt)
1614 || bpt->type == bp_watchpoint);
1617 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1618 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1619 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1620 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1621 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1622 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1623 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1624 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1627 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint *b)
1629 return (b->base.pspace == current_program_space
1630 && (ptid_equal (b->watchpoint_thread, null_ptid)
1631 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, b->watchpoint_thread)
1632 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))));
1635 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1636 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1639 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint *w)
1641 struct breakpoint *b = &w->base;
1643 if (b->related_breakpoint != b)
1645 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope);
1646 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint == b);
1647 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1648 b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b->related_breakpoint;
1649 b->related_breakpoint = b;
1651 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1654 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1655 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1656 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1657 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1659 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1661 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1662 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1665 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1666 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1667 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1668 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1669 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1670 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1671 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1672 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1674 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1675 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1676 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1677 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1678 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1679 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1680 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1681 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1684 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1685 hardware watchpoints:
1687 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1688 called several times when GDB stops.
1691 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1692 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1693 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1694 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1695 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1696 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1697 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1698 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1699 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1700 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1701 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1703 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1704 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1707 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint *b, int reparse)
1709 int within_current_scope;
1710 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
1713 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1714 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1715 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1716 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
1719 if (b->base.disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1724 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1725 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
1726 within_current_scope = 1;
1729 struct frame_info *fi = get_current_frame ();
1730 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (fi);
1731 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (fi);
1733 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1734 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1735 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1736 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
1739 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1740 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1741 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1742 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1745 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1747 fi = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
1748 within_current_scope = (fi != NULL);
1749 if (within_current_scope)
1753 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1754 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1755 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1758 if (within_current_scope && reparse)
1767 s = b->exp_string_reparse ? b->exp_string_reparse : b->exp_string;
1768 b->exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
1769 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1770 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1771 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1772 be completely different objects. */
1773 value_free (b->val);
1777 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1778 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1779 locations (re)created below. */
1780 if (b->base.cond_string != NULL)
1782 if (b->cond_exp != NULL)
1784 xfree (b->cond_exp);
1788 s = b->base.cond_string;
1789 b->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->cond_exp_valid_block, 0);
1793 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1794 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1795 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1796 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1797 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1798 if (!target_has_execution)
1800 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1801 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1802 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1803 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
1805 if (b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base))
1806 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1808 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1809 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1812 else if (within_current_scope && b->exp)
1815 struct value *val_chain, *v, *result, *next;
1816 struct program_space *frame_pspace;
1818 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &v, &result, &val_chain, 0);
1820 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1821 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1822 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1823 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1824 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1826 if (!b->val_valid && !is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
1832 frame_pspace = get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1834 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1835 for (v = val_chain; v; v = value_next (v))
1837 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1838 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1839 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1840 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1841 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1842 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
1843 && (v == val_chain || ! value_lazy (v)))
1845 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
1847 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1848 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1849 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1851 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1852 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
1856 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
1858 addr = value_address (v);
1860 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
1862 else if (b->base.type == bp_access_watchpoint)
1865 loc = allocate_bp_location (&b->base);
1866 for (tmp = &(b->base.loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
1869 loc->gdbarch = get_type_arch (value_type (v));
1871 loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1872 loc->address = addr;
1873 loc->length = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
1874 loc->watchpoint_type = type;
1879 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1880 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1881 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1886 enum bp_loc_type loc_type;
1887 struct bp_location *bl;
1889 reg_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain);
1893 int i, target_resources_ok, other_type_used;
1896 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1897 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1898 b->exact = target_exact_watchpoints && reg_cnt == 1;
1900 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1901 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1902 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1903 this watchpoint in as well. */
1905 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
1906 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
1907 hardware watchpoint type. */
1908 type = b->base.type;
1909 if (type == bp_watchpoint)
1910 type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
1912 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
1913 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
1914 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
1915 through watch_command), so always account for it
1918 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
1919 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b->base, type, &other_type_used);
1921 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
1922 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b->base);
1925 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type, i, other_type_used);
1926 if (target_resources_ok <= 0)
1928 int sw_mode = b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base);
1930 if (target_resources_ok == 0 && !sw_mode)
1931 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1932 "hardware watchpoint."));
1933 else if (target_resources_ok < 0 && !sw_mode)
1934 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1935 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1937 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
1938 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1942 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
1943 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
1944 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
1946 b->base.type = type;
1949 else if (!b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base))
1951 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
1952 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1953 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1955 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1956 "read/access watchpoint."));
1959 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1961 loc_type = (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint? bp_loc_other
1962 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint);
1963 for (bl = b->base.loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
1964 bl->loc_type = loc_type;
1967 for (v = val_chain; v; v = next)
1969 next = value_next (v);
1974 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1975 above left it without any location set up. But,
1976 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1977 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1978 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint && b->base.loc == NULL)
1980 struct breakpoint *base = &b->base;
1981 base->loc = allocate_bp_location (base);
1982 base->loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1983 base->loc->address = -1;
1984 base->loc->length = -1;
1985 base->loc->watchpoint_type = -1;
1988 else if (!within_current_scope)
1990 printf_filtered (_("\
1991 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1992 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1994 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
1997 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1999 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
2003 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
2004 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
2005 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
2006 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
2007 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
2009 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
2011 if (bl->owner == NULL || !breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner))
2014 if (bl->owner->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2017 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled || bl->duplicate)
2020 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl->owner) && bl->pspace->executing_startup)
2023 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2024 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2025 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2026 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2027 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2028 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2029 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2030 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2031 if (bl->pspace->breakpoints_not_allowed)
2037 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2038 that the location is not duplicated. */
2041 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
2044 const int save_duplicate = bl->duplicate;
2047 result = should_be_inserted (bl);
2048 bl->duplicate = save_duplicate;
2052 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2053 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2054 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2055 any error during parsing. */
2057 static struct agent_expr *
2058 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, struct expression *cond)
2060 struct agent_expr *aexpr = NULL;
2061 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
2066 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2067 that may show up. */
2068 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2070 aexpr = gen_eval_for_expr (scope, cond);
2075 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2076 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2077 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2081 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2085 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2086 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2087 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2088 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2089 one of them is true. */
2092 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2094 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2095 int null_condition_or_parse_error = 0;
2096 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2097 struct bp_location *loc;
2099 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2100 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2101 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2103 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2104 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2107 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2108 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2109 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2110 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2111 response back to GDB. */
2112 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2115 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2119 struct agent_expr *aexpr;
2121 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2122 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2123 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2124 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2125 aexpr = parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl->address, loc->cond);
2126 loc->cond_bytecode = aexpr;
2128 /* Check if we managed to parse the conditional expression
2129 correctly. If not, we will not send this condition
2135 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2136 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2137 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2139 null_condition_or_parse_error = 1;
2145 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2146 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2147 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2149 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2150 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2151 if (null_condition_or_parse_error)
2153 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2156 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2158 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2160 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2163 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
2164 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
2169 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2170 for this location's address. */
2171 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2175 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2176 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2177 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2179 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later to send the
2180 conditions to the target. */
2181 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.conditions,
2182 loc->cond_bytecode);
2188 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2189 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2190 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2192 static struct agent_expr *
2193 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, char *cmd)
2195 struct cleanup *old_cleanups = 0;
2196 struct expression *expr, **argvec;
2197 struct agent_expr *aexpr = NULL;
2198 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
2199 const char *cmdrest;
2200 const char *format_start, *format_end;
2201 struct format_piece *fpieces;
2203 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
2210 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2212 cmdrest = skip_spaces_const (cmdrest);
2214 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2215 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2217 format_start = cmdrest;
2219 fpieces = parse_format_string (&cmdrest);
2221 old_cleanups = make_cleanup (free_format_pieces_cleanup, &fpieces);
2223 format_end = cmdrest;
2225 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2226 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2228 cmdrest = skip_spaces_const (cmdrest);
2230 if (!(*cmdrest == ',' || *cmdrest == '\0'))
2231 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2233 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2235 cmdrest = skip_spaces_const (cmdrest);
2237 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2239 argvec = (struct expression **) alloca (strlen (cmd)
2240 * sizeof (struct expression *));
2243 while (*cmdrest != '\0')
2248 expr = parse_exp_1 (&cmd1, scope, block_for_pc (scope), 1);
2249 argvec[nargs++] = expr;
2251 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2255 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2256 that may show up. */
2257 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2259 aexpr = gen_printf (scope, gdbarch, 0, 0,
2260 format_start, format_end - format_start,
2261 fpieces, nargs, argvec);
2264 do_cleanups (old_cleanups);
2268 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2269 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2270 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2274 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2278 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2279 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2280 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2283 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2285 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2286 int null_command_or_parse_error = 0;
2287 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2288 struct bp_location *loc;
2290 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2291 if (bl->owner->type != bp_dprintf
2292 || strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) != 0)
2295 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2298 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2299 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2300 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2301 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2302 response back to GDB. */
2303 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2306 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2310 struct agent_expr *aexpr;
2312 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2313 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2314 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2315 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2316 aexpr = parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl->address,
2317 loc->owner->extra_string);
2318 loc->cmd_bytecode = aexpr;
2324 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2325 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2326 if (!loc->cmd_bytecode)
2328 null_command_or_parse_error = 1;
2334 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2336 if (null_command_or_parse_error)
2338 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2341 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2342 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2344 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2346 if (loc->cmd_bytecode == NULL)
2349 free_agent_expr (loc->cmd_bytecode);
2350 loc->cmd_bytecode = NULL;
2355 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2356 for this location's address. */
2357 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2360 if (loc->owner->extra_string
2361 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2362 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2363 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2365 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2366 to send the commands to the target. */
2367 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.tcommands,
2371 bl->target_info.persist = 0;
2372 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2373 if (bl->owner->type == bp_dprintf && disconnected_dprintf)
2374 bl->target_info.persist = 1;
2377 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2378 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2379 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2380 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2383 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2384 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2386 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl,
2387 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream,
2388 int *disabled_breaks,
2389 int *hw_breakpoint_error,
2390 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already)
2393 char *hw_bp_err_string = NULL;
2394 struct gdb_exception e;
2396 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2399 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2400 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2401 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2402 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2403 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2404 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2405 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2406 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2407 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2408 bl->target_info.placed_address = bl->address;
2409 bl->target_info.placed_address_space = bl->pspace->aspace;
2410 bl->target_info.length = bl->length;
2412 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2413 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2414 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2415 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2417 if (is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2419 build_target_condition_list (bl);
2420 build_target_command_list (bl);
2421 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2422 bl->needs_update = 0;
2425 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2426 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2428 if (bl->owner->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
2430 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2431 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2432 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2434 Two important cases are:
2435 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2436 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2437 hardware breakpoint.
2438 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2439 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2440 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2443 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2444 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2445 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2446 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2448 struct mem_region *mr
2449 = lookup_mem_region (bl->target_info.placed_address);
2453 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints)
2455 enum bp_loc_type new_type;
2457 if (mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2458 new_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
2460 new_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
2462 if (new_type != bl->loc_type)
2464 static int said = 0;
2466 bl->loc_type = new_type;
2469 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout,
2470 _("Note: automatically using "
2471 "hardware breakpoints for "
2472 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2477 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2478 && mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2479 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint "
2480 "at readonly address %s"),
2481 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address));
2485 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2486 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
2487 || bl->section == NULL
2488 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
2490 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2491 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2493 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2498 hw_bp_err_string = (char *) e.message;
2503 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2504 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2505 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
2507 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2508 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2509 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2510 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2511 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2515 CORE_ADDR addr = overlay_unmapped_address (bl->address,
2517 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2518 bl->overlay_target_info = bl->target_info;
2519 bl->overlay_target_info.placed_address = addr;
2520 val = target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2521 &bl->overlay_target_info);
2523 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2524 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2525 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2529 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2530 if (section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2532 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2533 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2535 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2540 hw_bp_err_string = (char *) e.message;
2545 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2546 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2553 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2554 if (solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
2556 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2558 bl->shlib_disabled = 1;
2559 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl->owner);
2560 if (!*disabled_breaks)
2562 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2563 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2565 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2566 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2567 "library breakpoints:\n");
2569 *disabled_breaks = 1;
2570 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2571 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl->owner->number);
2575 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2577 *hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2578 *hw_bp_error_explained_already = hw_bp_err_string != NULL;
2579 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2580 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2581 bl->owner->number, hw_bp_err_string ? ":" : ".\n");
2582 if (hw_bp_err_string)
2583 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "%s.\n", hw_bp_err_string);
2587 char *message = memory_error_message (TARGET_XFER_E_IO,
2588 bl->gdbarch, bl->address);
2589 struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
2591 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2592 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2594 bl->owner->number, message);
2596 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2607 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2608 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2609 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2610 && bl->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
2612 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2613 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2615 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2617 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2618 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2619 if (val == 1 && bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
2621 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2623 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2624 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2626 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2628 && loc->watchpoint_type == hw_access
2629 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl, loc))
2633 bl->target_info = loc->target_info;
2634 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2641 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2642 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2645 /* Back to the original value. */
2646 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_read;
2650 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2653 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint)
2655 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2656 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2658 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2661 bl->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2665 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2666 of catchpoint."), bl->owner->number);
2668 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl->owner->number);
2671 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2673 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2674 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2675 so just return success. */
2682 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2683 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2687 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space *pspace)
2689 struct breakpoint *b, *b_temp;
2690 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2692 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2693 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_temp)
2695 if (b->pspace == pspace)
2696 delete_breakpoint (b);
2699 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2700 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2701 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2703 struct bp_location *tmp;
2705 if (loc->pspace == pspace)
2707 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2708 if (loc->owner->loc == loc)
2709 loc->owner->loc = loc->next;
2711 for (tmp = loc->owner->loc; tmp->next != NULL; tmp = tmp->next)
2712 if (tmp->next == loc)
2714 tmp->next = loc->next;
2720 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2721 removed locations above. */
2722 update_global_location_list (0);
2725 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2726 Throws exception on any error.
2727 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2728 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2730 insert_breakpoints (void)
2732 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2734 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2735 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2737 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
2739 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2742 update_global_location_list (1);
2744 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
2745 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
2747 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
2748 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
2751 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
2754 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback)
2756 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
2758 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
2760 callback (loc, NULL);
2764 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
2765 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
2766 always-inserted mode. */
2769 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
2771 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2774 int disabled_breaks = 0;
2775 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
2776 int hw_bp_details_reported = 0;
2778 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2779 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2781 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2782 there was an error. */
2783 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
2785 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2787 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2789 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
2791 if (!is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2794 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
2795 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
2796 deletion of breakpoints. */
2797 if (!bl->inserted || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2800 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2802 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2803 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2804 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2805 insert breakpoints. */
2806 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2807 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
2810 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
2811 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_details_reported);
2818 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2819 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
2822 do_cleanups (cleanups);
2825 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
2828 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
2830 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2831 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2834 int disabled_breaks = 0;
2835 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
2836 int hw_bp_error_explained_already = 0;
2838 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2839 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2841 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2842 there was an error. */
2843 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
2845 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2847 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2849 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2852 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
2853 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
2854 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2855 if (bl->owner->thread != -1
2856 && !valid_thread_id (bl->owner->thread))
2859 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2861 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2862 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2863 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2864 insert breakpoints. */
2865 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2866 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
2869 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
2870 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_error_explained_already);
2875 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
2876 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
2877 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2879 int some_failed = 0;
2880 struct bp_location *loc;
2882 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2885 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
2888 if (bpt->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2891 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2892 if (!loc->inserted && should_be_inserted (loc))
2899 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2901 remove_breakpoint (loc, mark_uninserted);
2903 hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2904 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2905 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
2913 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
2914 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
2915 if (hw_breakpoint_error && !hw_bp_error_explained_already)
2917 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2918 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
2919 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
2921 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2922 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
2925 do_cleanups (cleanups);
2928 /* Used when the program stops.
2929 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
2930 removing a breakpoint location. */
2933 remove_breakpoints (void)
2935 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2938 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2940 if (bl->inserted && !is_tracepoint (bl->owner))
2941 val |= remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
2946 /* When a thread exits, remove breakpoints that are related to
2950 remove_threaded_breakpoints (struct thread_info *tp, int silent)
2952 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
2954 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
2956 if (b->thread == tp->num && user_breakpoint_p (b))
2958 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
2960 printf_filtered (_("\
2961 Thread-specific breakpoint %d deleted - thread %d no longer in the thread list.\n"),
2962 b->number, tp->num);
2964 /* Hide it from the user. */
2970 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
2973 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid)
2975 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2977 struct inferior *inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
2979 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2981 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2984 if (bl->owner->type == bp_dprintf)
2989 val = remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
2998 reattach_breakpoints (int pid)
3000 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3001 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3003 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream;
3004 int dummy1 = 0, dummy2 = 0, dummy3 = 0;
3005 struct inferior *inf;
3006 struct thread_info *tp;
3008 tp = any_live_thread_of_process (pid);
3012 inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
3013 old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
3015 inferior_ptid = tp->ptid;
3017 tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
3018 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
3020 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3022 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3028 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &dummy1, &dummy2, &dummy3);
3031 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3036 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3040 static int internal_breakpoint_number = -1;
3042 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3043 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3044 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3045 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3046 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3047 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3049 set_breakpoint_number (int internal, struct breakpoint *b)
3052 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3055 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
3056 b->number = breakpoint_count;
3060 static struct breakpoint *
3061 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
3062 CORE_ADDR address, enum bptype type,
3063 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
3065 struct symtab_and_line sal;
3066 struct breakpoint *b;
3068 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
3071 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
3072 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
3074 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
3075 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3076 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
3081 static const char *const longjmp_names[] =
3083 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3085 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3087 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3088 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3090 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3091 struct minimal_symbol *overlay_msym;
3093 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3094 struct minimal_symbol *longjmp_msym[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES];
3096 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3097 int longjmp_searched;
3099 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
3100 VEC (probe_p) *longjmp_probes;
3102 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3103 struct minimal_symbol *terminate_msym;
3105 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3106 struct minimal_symbol *exception_msym;
3108 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3109 int exception_searched;
3111 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
3112 VEC (probe_p) *exception_probes;
3115 static const struct objfile_data *breakpoint_objfile_key;
3117 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3118 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found;
3120 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3123 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol *msym)
3125 return msym == &msym_not_found;
3128 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3129 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3131 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data *
3132 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile *objfile)
3134 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3136 bp_objfile_data = objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key);
3137 if (bp_objfile_data == NULL)
3139 bp_objfile_data = obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack,
3140 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
3142 memset (bp_objfile_data, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
3143 set_objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key, bp_objfile_data);
3145 return bp_objfile_data;
3149 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile *obj, void *data)
3151 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data = data;
3153 VEC_free (probe_p, bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes);
3154 VEC_free (probe_p, bp_objfile_data->exception_probes);
3158 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3160 struct objfile *objfile;
3161 const char *const func_name = "_ovly_debug_event";
3163 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3165 struct breakpoint *b;
3166 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3169 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3171 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym))
3174 if (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym == NULL)
3176 struct minimal_symbol *m;
3178 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3181 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3182 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = &msym_not_found;
3185 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = m;
3188 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym);
3189 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3191 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3192 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3194 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_auto)
3196 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
3197 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
3201 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3202 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
3205 update_global_location_list (1);
3209 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3211 struct program_space *pspace;
3212 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3214 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
3216 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3218 struct objfile *objfile;
3220 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3222 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3225 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3226 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3228 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3230 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3232 if (!bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched)
3236 ret = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libc", "longjmp");
3239 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3240 struct probe *p = VEC_index (probe_p, ret, 0);
3242 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p))
3244 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3245 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3246 VEC_free (probe_p, ret);
3250 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes = ret;
3251 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched = 1;
3254 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes != NULL)
3257 struct probe *probe;
3258 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3261 VEC_iterate (probe_p,
3262 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes,
3266 struct breakpoint *b;
3268 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, probe->address,
3270 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3271 b->addr_string = xstrdup ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3272 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3278 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch))
3281 for (i = 0; i < NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES; i++)
3283 struct breakpoint *b;
3284 const char *func_name;
3287 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]))
3290 func_name = longjmp_names[i];
3291 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] == NULL)
3293 struct minimal_symbol *m;
3295 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3298 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3299 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = &msym_not_found;
3302 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = m;
3305 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]);
3306 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_longjmp_master,
3307 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3308 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3309 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3313 update_global_location_list (1);
3315 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3318 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3320 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3322 struct program_space *pspace;
3323 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3324 const char *const func_name = "std::terminate()";
3326 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
3328 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3330 struct objfile *objfile;
3333 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3335 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3337 struct breakpoint *b;
3338 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3340 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3342 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym))
3345 if (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym == NULL)
3347 struct minimal_symbol *m;
3349 m = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3350 if (m == NULL || (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_text
3351 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_file_text))
3353 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3354 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = &msym_not_found;
3357 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = m;
3360 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym);
3361 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3362 bp_std_terminate_master,
3363 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3364 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3365 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3369 update_global_location_list (1);
3371 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3374 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3377 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3379 struct objfile *objfile;
3380 const char *const func_name = "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3382 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3384 struct breakpoint *b;
3385 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3386 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3389 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3391 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3392 if (!bp_objfile_data->exception_searched)
3396 ret = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libgcc", "unwind");
3400 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3401 struct probe *p = VEC_index (probe_p, ret, 0);
3403 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p))
3405 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3406 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3407 VEC_free (probe_p, ret);
3411 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes = ret;
3412 bp_objfile_data->exception_searched = 1;
3415 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_probes != NULL)
3417 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3419 struct probe *probe;
3422 VEC_iterate (probe_p,
3423 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes,
3427 struct breakpoint *b;
3429 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, probe->address,
3430 bp_exception_master,
3431 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3432 b->addr_string = xstrdup ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3433 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3439 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3441 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym))
3444 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3446 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym == NULL)
3448 struct minimal_symbol *debug_hook;
3450 debug_hook = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3451 if (debug_hook == NULL)
3453 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = &msym_not_found;
3457 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = debug_hook;
3460 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym);
3461 addr = gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch, addr,
3463 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_exception_master,
3464 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3465 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3466 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3469 update_global_location_list (1);
3473 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3475 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3476 struct bp_location *bploc, **bplocp_tmp;
3478 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3479 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3480 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3481 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3482 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3483 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3484 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3485 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3486 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc, bplocp_tmp)
3487 if (bploc->pspace == current_program_space)
3488 gdb_assert (!bploc->inserted);
3490 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3492 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
3495 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3496 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
3498 delete_breakpoint (b);
3502 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3503 if (b->type == bp_jit_event)
3505 delete_breakpoint (b);
3509 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3510 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3511 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event
3512 || b->type == bp_longjmp_master || b->type == bp_std_terminate_master
3513 || b->type == bp_exception_master)
3515 delete_breakpoint (b);
3519 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3520 if (b->type == bp_step_resume || b->type == bp_hp_step_resume)
3522 delete_breakpoint (b);
3526 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3528 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_longjmp_resume
3529 || b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3530 || b->type == bp_exception || b->type == bp_exception_resume)
3532 delete_breakpoint (b);
3536 if (b->type == bp_catchpoint)
3538 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3539 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3540 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3541 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3545 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3546 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3547 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3548 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3549 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3550 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3552 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3553 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3554 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3555 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3556 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3557 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3558 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3560 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3561 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3562 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3563 let finish_command delete it.
3565 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3566 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3567 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3568 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3569 solib breakpoints.) */
3571 if (b->type == bp_finish)
3576 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3577 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3579 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
3581 delete_breakpoint (b);
3585 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
3586 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
3587 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
3588 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
3589 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
3593 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid)
3595 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3597 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
3598 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
3600 if (ptid_get_pid (ptid) == ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid))
3601 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3603 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3604 inferior_ptid = ptid;
3605 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3607 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3610 /* This function must physically remove breakpoints locations
3611 from the specified ptid, without modifying the breakpoint
3612 package's state. Locations of type bp_loc_other are only
3613 maintained at GDB side. So, there is no need to remove
3614 these bp_loc_other locations. Moreover, removing these
3615 would modify the breakpoint package's state. */
3616 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_other)
3620 val |= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, mark_inserted);
3623 /* Detach single-step breakpoints as well. */
3624 detach_single_step_breakpoints ();
3626 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3630 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3631 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3632 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3633 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3634 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3637 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
3641 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3642 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3644 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3645 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3648 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3649 This should not ever happen. */
3650 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3652 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3653 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3655 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3656 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3657 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3659 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3660 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
3661 || bl->section == NULL
3662 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
3664 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3665 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3669 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3670 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3671 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
3673 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3674 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3676 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3677 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3678 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3679 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3680 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3682 target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3683 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3685 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3686 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3689 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3690 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3691 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3692 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3694 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3695 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3696 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3697 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3698 || section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3699 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3705 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3710 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
3711 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
3712 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
3713 if (val && solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
3718 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3720 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
3722 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
3723 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
3725 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3726 bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3728 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
3729 if ((is == mark_uninserted) && (bl->inserted))
3730 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
3733 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint
3734 && breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3737 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
3738 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
3740 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3744 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3751 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
3754 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3756 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3757 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3759 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3760 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3763 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3764 This should not ever happen. */
3765 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3767 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
3769 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
3771 ret = remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, is);
3773 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3777 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
3780 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
3782 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3784 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3785 if (bl->pspace == current_program_space)
3789 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
3790 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
3792 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
3795 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
3796 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
3797 init_wait_for_inferior). */
3802 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context)
3804 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3805 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3807 struct program_space *pspace = current_program_space;
3809 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
3811 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
3814 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3816 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3817 if (bl->pspace == pspace
3818 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
3822 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3824 if (b->loc && b->loc->pspace != pspace)
3830 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
3832 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
3833 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
3836 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
3838 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
3840 case bp_shlib_event:
3842 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
3843 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
3844 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
3845 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
3846 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
3848 (gdb) file prog-linux
3849 (gdb) run # native linux target
3852 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
3853 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
3856 case bp_step_resume:
3858 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
3860 delete_breakpoint (b);
3864 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
3865 case bp_read_watchpoint:
3866 case bp_access_watchpoint:
3868 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
3870 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
3871 if (w->exp_valid_block != NULL)
3872 delete_breakpoint (b);
3873 else if (context == inf_starting)
3875 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
3876 insert_breakpoints. */
3878 value_free (w->val);
3889 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
3890 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, bl); ++ix)
3891 decref_bp_location (&bl);
3892 VEC_free (bp_location_p, moribund_locations);
3895 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
3896 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
3897 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
3898 match, not program space. */
3900 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
3901 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
3902 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
3903 permanent breakpoint.
3904 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
3905 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
3906 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
3907 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
3908 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
3910 enum breakpoint_here
3911 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3913 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3914 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
3916 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3918 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3919 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3922 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3923 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3924 || bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3925 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
3927 if (overlay_debugging
3928 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3929 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3930 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3931 else if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3932 return permanent_breakpoint_here;
3934 any_breakpoint_here = 1;
3938 return any_breakpoint_here ? ordinary_breakpoint_here : 0;
3941 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
3944 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3946 struct bp_location *loc;
3949 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
3950 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, pc))
3956 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
3957 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array
3958 mechanism. This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which
3959 are inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
3962 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
3965 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3967 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3969 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3970 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3974 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
3976 if (overlay_debugging
3977 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3978 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3979 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3987 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
3988 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
3991 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3993 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
3996 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
4002 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
4006 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
4009 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4011 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4013 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
4017 && breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
4020 if (overlay_debugging
4021 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4022 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4023 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4029 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
4030 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
4037 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space *aspace,
4038 CORE_ADDR addr, ULONGEST len)
4040 struct breakpoint *bpt;
4042 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
4044 struct bp_location *loc;
4046 if (bpt->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
4047 && bpt->type != bp_access_watchpoint)
4050 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
4053 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
4054 if (loc->pspace->aspace == aspace && loc->inserted)
4058 /* Check for intersection. */
4059 l = max (loc->address, addr);
4060 h = min (loc->address + loc->length, addr + len);
4068 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
4069 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
4072 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
4075 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4076 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
4080 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4082 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4083 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4086 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has bl->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4087 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
4088 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
4091 if (!breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
4094 if (bl->owner->thread != -1)
4096 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4097 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
4098 it is now time to do so. */
4100 thread = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
4101 if (bl->owner->thread != thread)
4105 if (bl->owner->task != 0)
4107 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4108 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
4109 it is now time to do so. */
4111 task = ada_get_task_number (ptid);
4112 if (bl->owner->task != task)
4116 if (overlay_debugging
4117 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4118 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4119 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4128 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4132 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
4134 return (ep->type == bp_catchpoint);
4137 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4141 bpstat_free (bpstat bs)
4143 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4144 value_free (bs->old_val);
4145 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
4146 decref_bp_location (&bs->bp_location_at);
4150 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4151 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4154 bpstat_clear (bpstat *bsp)
4171 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4172 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4175 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs)
4179 bpstat retval = NULL;
4184 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4186 tmp = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp));
4187 memcpy (tmp, bs, sizeof (*tmp));
4188 incref_counted_command_line (tmp->commands);
4189 incref_bp_location (tmp->bp_location_at);
4190 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4192 tmp->old_val = value_copy (bs->old_val);
4193 release_value (tmp->old_val);
4197 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4207 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4210 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp, struct breakpoint *breakpoint)
4215 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
4217 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == breakpoint)
4223 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4225 enum bpstat_signal_value
4226 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp, enum gdb_signal sig)
4228 enum bpstat_signal_value result = BPSTAT_SIGNAL_NO;
4230 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
4232 /* Ensure that, if we ever entered this loop, then we at least
4233 return BPSTAT_SIGNAL_HIDE. */
4234 enum bpstat_signal_value newval;
4236 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == NULL)
4238 /* A moribund location can never explain a signal other than
4240 if (sig == GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
4241 newval = BPSTAT_SIGNAL_HIDE;
4243 newval = BPSTAT_SIGNAL_NO;
4246 newval = bsp->breakpoint_at->ops->explains_signal (bsp->breakpoint_at,
4249 if (newval > result)
4256 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4257 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4258 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4259 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4261 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4262 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4264 Return 1 otherwise. */
4267 bpstat_num (bpstat *bsp, int *num)
4269 struct breakpoint *b;
4272 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4274 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4275 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4276 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4277 b = (*bsp)->breakpoint_at;
4278 *bsp = (*bsp)->next;
4280 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4282 *num = b->number; /* We have its number */
4286 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4289 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4291 struct thread_info *tp;
4294 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4297 tp = find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid);
4301 for (bs = tp->control.stop_bpstat; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4303 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
4305 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4307 value_free (bs->old_val);
4313 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4316 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4318 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4320 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
4322 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4323 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4324 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4325 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4326 if (tp->control.in_infcall)
4330 breakpoint_proceeded = 1;
4333 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
4336 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore)
4338 executing_breakpoint_commands = 0;
4341 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4342 or its equivalent. */
4345 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line *cmd)
4347 return cmd && (strcmp ("silent", cmd->line) == 0
4348 || (xdb_commands && strcmp ("Q", cmd->line) == 0));
4351 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4352 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4353 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4354 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4356 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4357 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4358 bpstat of the current thread. */
4361 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat *bsp)
4364 struct cleanup *old_chain;
4367 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4369 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
4372 executing_breakpoint_commands = 1;
4373 old_chain = make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints, 0);
4375 prevent_dont_repeat ();
4377 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4380 breakpoint_proceeded = 0;
4381 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4383 struct counted_command_line *ccmd;
4384 struct command_line *cmd;
4385 struct cleanup *this_cmd_tree_chain;
4387 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4389 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4390 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4391 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4392 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4393 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4394 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4395 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4396 the tree when we're done. */
4397 ccmd = bs->commands;
4398 bs->commands = NULL;
4399 this_cmd_tree_chain = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd);
4400 cmd = ccmd ? ccmd->commands : NULL;
4401 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd))
4403 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4409 execute_control_command (cmd);
4411 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4417 /* We can free this command tree now. */
4418 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain);
4420 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4422 if (target_can_async_p ())
4423 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4424 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4425 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4428 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4429 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4430 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4431 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4432 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4433 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4434 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4435 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4436 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4437 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4438 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4439 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4440 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4445 do_cleanups (old_chain);
4450 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4452 struct cleanup *cleanup_if_error = make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4454 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4455 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid)
4456 && target_has_execution
4457 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid)
4458 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))
4459 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4460 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4461 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4462 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4463 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control.stop_bpstat))
4466 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error);
4469 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4472 watchpoint_value_print (struct value *val, struct ui_file *stream)
4475 fprintf_unfiltered (stream, _("<unreadable>"));
4478 struct value_print_options opts;
4479 get_user_print_options (&opts);
4480 value_print (val, stream, &opts);
4484 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4485 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4486 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4487 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4490 static enum print_stop_action
4491 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs)
4493 switch (bs->print_it)
4496 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4497 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4501 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4502 relevant messages. */
4503 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
4506 case print_it_normal:
4508 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4510 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4511 which has since been deleted. */
4513 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4515 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4516 return b->ops->print_it (bs);
4521 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4522 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4527 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4530 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint)
4533 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs);
4535 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs);
4539 if (any_added || any_deleted)
4540 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
4541 _("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4543 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
4544 _("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4545 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4548 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
4549 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "reason",
4550 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT));
4554 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4558 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior unloaded "));
4559 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4562 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
4567 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
4568 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", name);
4569 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
4572 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4577 struct so_list *iter;
4579 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4581 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior loaded "));
4582 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4585 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
4590 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
4591 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", iter->so_name);
4592 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
4595 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4599 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4600 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4601 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4602 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4603 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4604 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4605 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4608 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4609 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4610 code to print the location. An example is
4611 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4613 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4614 to also print the location part of the message.
4615 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4616 don't require a location appended to the end.
4617 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4618 further info to be printed. */
4620 enum print_stop_action
4621 bpstat_print (bpstat bs, int kind)
4625 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4626 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4627 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4628 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4629 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
4631 val = print_bp_stop_message (bs);
4632 if (val == PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4633 || val == PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4634 || val == PRINT_NOTHING)
4638 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4639 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4640 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4641 if (kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
4643 print_solib_event (0);
4644 return PRINT_NOTHING;
4647 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4648 with and nothing was printed. */
4649 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4652 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero.
4653 This returns the inverse of the condition because it is called
4654 from catch_errors which returns 0 if an exception happened, and if an
4655 exception happens we want execution to stop.
4656 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4657 "void *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
4660 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp)
4662 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
4663 int i = !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression *) exp));
4665 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4669 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4672 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location *bl, bpstat **bs_link_pointer)
4676 bs = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs));
4678 **bs_link_pointer = bs;
4679 *bs_link_pointer = &bs->next;
4680 bs->breakpoint_at = bl->owner;
4681 bs->bp_location_at = bl;
4682 incref_bp_location (bl);
4683 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
4684 bs->commands = NULL;
4686 bs->print_it = print_it_normal;
4690 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4691 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4694 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4696 int stopped_by_watchpoint = target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4698 struct breakpoint *b;
4700 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint)
4702 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4703 as not triggered. */
4705 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4707 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4709 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4715 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target, &addr))
4717 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4718 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4720 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4722 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4724 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_unknown;
4730 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4731 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4735 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4737 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4738 struct bp_location *loc;
4740 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4741 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
4743 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b))
4745 CORE_ADDR newaddr = addr & w->hw_wp_mask;
4746 CORE_ADDR start = loc->address & w->hw_wp_mask;
4748 if (newaddr == start)
4750 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4754 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4755 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target,
4759 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4768 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
4769 because of check_errors). */
4770 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4771 #define WP_DELETED 1
4772 /* The value has changed. */
4773 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
4774 /* The value has not changed. */
4775 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
4776 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4779 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4780 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
4782 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
4785 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
4786 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
4789 watchpoint_check (void *p)
4791 bpstat bs = (bpstat) p;
4792 struct watchpoint *b;
4793 struct frame_info *fr;
4794 int within_current_scope;
4796 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
4797 gdb_assert (bs->breakpoint_at != NULL);
4798 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
4800 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
4801 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
4802 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
4803 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
4806 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
4807 within_current_scope = 1;
4810 struct frame_info *frame = get_current_frame ();
4811 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (frame);
4812 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (frame);
4814 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
4815 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
4816 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
4817 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
4818 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
4819 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
4820 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
4821 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
4822 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
4823 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
4826 fr = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
4827 within_current_scope = (fr != NULL);
4829 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
4830 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
4831 if (within_current_scope)
4833 struct symbol *function;
4835 function = get_frame_function (fr);
4836 if (function == NULL
4837 || !contained_in (b->exp_valid_block,
4838 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function)))
4839 within_current_scope = 0;
4842 if (within_current_scope)
4843 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
4844 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
4849 if (within_current_scope)
4851 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
4852 time before we return to the command level and call
4853 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
4854 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
4858 struct value *new_val;
4860 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
4861 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
4862 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
4863 a mask watchpoint. */
4864 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
4866 mark = value_mark ();
4867 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &new_val, NULL, NULL, 0);
4869 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
4870 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
4871 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
4872 not what we want. */
4873 if ((b->val != NULL) != (new_val != NULL)
4874 || (b->val != NULL && !value_equal_contents (b->val, new_val)))
4876 if (new_val != NULL)
4878 release_value (new_val);
4879 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4881 bs->old_val = b->val;
4884 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
4888 /* Nothing changed. */
4889 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4890 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
4895 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
4897 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
4898 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
4899 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
4900 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
4901 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
4902 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
4903 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
4904 the first value assigned). */
4905 /* We print all the stop information in
4906 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
4907 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
4908 already. So we have no choice but print the information
4910 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
4912 (uiout, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE));
4913 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nWatchpoint ");
4914 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "wpnum", b->base.number);
4916 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
4917 which its expression is valid.\n");
4919 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
4920 decref_counted_command_line (&b->base.commands);
4921 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
4927 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
4928 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
4929 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
4932 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location *bl,
4933 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
4934 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4936 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
4938 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
4939 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
4941 return b->ops->breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws);
4944 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
4945 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
4948 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
4950 const struct bp_location *bl;
4951 struct watchpoint *b;
4953 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
4954 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
4955 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
4956 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
4957 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
4960 int must_check_value = 0;
4962 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
4963 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
4965 must_check_value = 1;
4966 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_yes)
4967 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
4968 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
4970 must_check_value = 1;
4971 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_unknown
4972 && b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
4973 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
4974 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
4975 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
4976 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
4977 must_check_value = 1;
4979 if (must_check_value)
4982 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
4984 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
4985 int e = catch_errors (watchpoint_check, bs, message,
4987 do_cleanups (cleanups);
4991 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
4992 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
4996 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4999 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED:
5000 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
5002 /* There are two cases to consider here:
5004 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
5005 In that case, trust the target, and always report
5006 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
5007 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
5008 have changed since the last time it was read, and
5009 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
5010 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
5013 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
5014 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
5017 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
5018 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
5019 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
5020 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
5022 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
5023 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
5024 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
5027 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
5028 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
5029 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
5030 changes. This still gives false positives when
5031 the program writes the same value to memory as
5032 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
5033 it for a read), but it's much better than
5036 int other_write_watchpoint = 0;
5038 if (bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
5040 struct breakpoint *other_b;
5042 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b)
5043 if (other_b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
5044 || other_b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
5046 struct watchpoint *other_w =
5047 (struct watchpoint *) other_b;
5049 if (other_w->watchpoint_triggered
5050 == watch_triggered_yes)
5052 other_write_watchpoint = 1;
5058 if (other_write_watchpoint
5059 || bl->watchpoint_type == hw_access)
5061 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
5062 and the value changed since the last time we
5063 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
5065 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5070 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED:
5071 if (b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
5072 || b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
5074 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
5075 the value hasn't changed. */
5076 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5084 /* Error from catch_errors. */
5085 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b->base.number);
5086 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
5087 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5088 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
5092 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5094 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5095 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5096 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5097 anything for this watchpoint. */
5098 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5104 /* For breakpoints that are currently marked as telling gdb to stop,
5105 check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5106 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5107 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5110 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs, ptid_t ptid)
5112 int thread_id = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
5113 const struct bp_location *bl;
5114 struct breakpoint *b;
5115 int value_is_zero = 0;
5116 struct expression *cond;
5118 gdb_assert (bs->stop);
5120 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5121 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
5122 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
5123 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5124 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
5126 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5127 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5128 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5130 if (frame_id_p (b->frame_id)
5131 && !frame_id_eq (b->frame_id, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5137 /* Evaluate Python breakpoints that have a "stop" method implemented. */
5138 if (b->py_bp_object)
5139 bs->stop = gdbpy_should_stop (b->py_bp_object);
5141 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5143 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5150 if (cond && b->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
5152 int within_current_scope = 1;
5153 struct watchpoint * w;
5155 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5156 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5157 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5158 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5160 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
5162 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5163 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5167 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5168 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5169 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5170 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5171 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5173 if (w == NULL || w->cond_exp_valid_block == NULL)
5174 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5177 struct frame_info *frame;
5179 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5180 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5181 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5182 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5183 really matter which instantiation of the function
5184 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5185 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5186 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5187 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5188 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5189 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5190 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5191 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5193 frame = block_innermost_frame (w->cond_exp_valid_block);
5195 select_frame (frame);
5197 within_current_scope = 0;
5199 if (within_current_scope)
5201 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval, cond,
5202 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
5206 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5207 "in the current scope"));
5208 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5209 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5212 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5213 value_free_to_mark (mark);
5216 if (cond && value_is_zero)
5220 else if (b->thread != -1 && b->thread != thread_id)
5224 else if (b->ignore_count > 0)
5228 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5230 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
5235 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5236 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5238 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5239 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5242 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5244 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5246 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5247 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5248 several reasons concurrently.)
5250 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5251 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5254 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space *aspace,
5255 CORE_ADDR bp_addr, ptid_t ptid,
5256 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
5258 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
5259 struct bp_location *bl;
5260 struct bp_location *loc;
5261 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5262 bpstat bs_head = NULL, *bs_link = &bs_head;
5263 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5266 int need_remove_insert;
5269 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5270 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5271 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5272 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5273 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5274 inferior function calls. */
5278 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
5281 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
5283 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5284 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5285 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5286 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5287 checked all locations already. */
5288 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint && bl != b->loc)
5291 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled)
5294 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
5297 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5300 bs = bpstat_alloc (bl, &bs_link); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5303 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5304 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5305 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5309 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5310 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5311 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5313 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint_scope && b->related_breakpoint != b)
5315 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b->related_breakpoint;
5317 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
5322 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
5324 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, bp_addr))
5326 bs = bpstat_alloc (loc, &bs_link);
5327 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5330 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5334 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5335 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5336 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5338 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5340 if (bs->breakpoint_at && bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
5342 handle_solib_event ();
5347 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5348 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5349 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5353 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5358 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5359 b->ops->check_status (bs);
5362 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs, ptid);
5367 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
5369 /* We will stop here. */
5370 if (b->disposition == disp_disable)
5372 --(b->enable_count);
5373 if (b->enable_count <= 0
5374 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
5375 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
5380 bs->commands = b->commands;
5381 incref_counted_command_line (bs->commands);
5382 if (command_line_is_silent (bs->commands
5383 ? bs->commands->commands : NULL))
5386 b->ops->after_condition_true (bs);
5391 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5393 if (!bs->stop || !bs->print)
5394 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5397 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5398 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5399 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5401 need_remove_insert = 0;
5402 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head))
5403 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5405 && bs->breakpoint_at
5406 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at))
5408 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
5410 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5411 need_remove_insert = 1;
5414 if (need_remove_insert)
5415 update_global_location_list (1);
5416 else if (removed_any)
5417 update_global_location_list (0);
5423 handle_jit_event (void)
5425 struct frame_info *frame;
5426 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
5428 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5429 breakpoint_re_set. */
5430 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5432 frame = get_current_frame ();
5433 gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
5435 jit_event_handler (gdbarch);
5437 target_terminal_inferior ();
5440 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5442 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5445 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head)
5447 struct bpstat_what retval;
5451 retval.main_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5452 retval.call_dummy = STOP_NONE;
5453 retval.is_longjmp = 0;
5455 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5457 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5458 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5459 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5462 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
5464 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5465 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5469 bptype = bs->breakpoint_at->type;
5476 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5479 case bp_shlib_event:
5483 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5485 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5488 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5491 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5492 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5493 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5497 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5499 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5503 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5504 This requires no further action. */
5508 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
5510 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5511 retval.is_longjmp = bptype != bp_exception;
5513 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5514 case bp_exception_resume:
5515 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5516 retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp_resume;
5518 case bp_step_resume:
5520 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME;
5523 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5524 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5527 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5529 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME;
5532 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5533 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5536 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5537 case bp_thread_event:
5538 case bp_overlay_event:
5539 case bp_longjmp_master:
5540 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5541 case bp_exception_master:
5542 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5548 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5550 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5554 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5555 This requires no further action. */
5560 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5563 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5564 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5565 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STACK_DUMMY;
5566 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5568 case bp_std_terminate:
5569 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5570 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5571 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STD_TERMINATE;
5572 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5575 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5576 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5577 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5578 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5580 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5581 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5583 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5584 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5585 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5587 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5588 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5589 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5590 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5595 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5597 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5601 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5602 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype);
5605 retval.main_action = max (retval.main_action, this_action);
5608 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
5609 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
5614 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
5616 handle_jit_event ();
5619 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5621 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5627 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5628 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b);
5630 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5631 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b);
5639 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5640 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5641 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5644 bpstat_should_step (void)
5646 struct breakpoint *b;
5649 if (breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc != NULL)
5655 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs)
5657 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5666 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5667 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5668 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5671 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out *uiout, const char *col_name)
5673 static char wrap_indent[80];
5674 int i, total_width, width, align;
5678 for (i = 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout, i, &width, &align, &text); i++)
5680 if (strcmp (text, col_name) == 0)
5682 gdb_assert (total_width < sizeof wrap_indent);
5683 memset (wrap_indent, ' ', total_width);
5684 wrap_indent[total_width] = 0;
5689 total_width += width + 1;
5695 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5696 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5698 "host": Host evals condition.
5699 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5700 "target": Target evals condition.
5704 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint *b)
5706 struct bp_location *bl;
5707 char host_evals = 0;
5708 char target_evals = 0;
5713 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
5716 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5717 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5718 return condition_evaluation_host;
5720 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
5722 if (bl->cond_bytecode)
5728 if (host_evals && target_evals)
5729 return condition_evaluation_both;
5730 else if (target_evals)
5731 return condition_evaluation_target;
5733 return condition_evaluation_host;
5736 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5737 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5740 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location *bl)
5742 if (bl && !is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
5745 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5746 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5747 return condition_evaluation_host;
5749 if (bl && bl->cond_bytecode)
5750 return condition_evaluation_target;
5752 return condition_evaluation_host;
5755 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
5758 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
5759 struct bp_location *loc)
5761 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5762 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
5764 if (loc != NULL && loc->shlib_disabled)
5768 set_current_program_space (loc->pspace);
5770 if (b->display_canonical)
5771 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->addr_string);
5772 else if (loc && loc->symtab)
5775 = find_pc_sect_function (loc->address, loc->section);
5778 ui_out_text (uiout, "in ");
5779 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
5780 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
5781 ui_out_text (uiout, " ");
5782 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout, "what"));
5783 ui_out_text (uiout, "at ");
5785 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file",
5786 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc->symtab));
5787 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
5789 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5790 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname",
5791 symtab_to_fullname (loc->symtab));
5793 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", loc->line_number);
5797 struct ui_file *stb = mem_fileopen ();
5798 struct cleanup *stb_chain = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
5800 print_address_symbolic (loc->gdbarch, loc->address, stb,
5802 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "at", stb);
5804 do_cleanups (stb_chain);
5807 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "pending", b->addr_string);
5809 if (loc && is_breakpoint (b)
5810 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
5811 && bp_condition_evaluator (b) == condition_evaluation_both)
5813 ui_out_text (uiout, " (");
5814 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by",
5815 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc));
5816 ui_out_text (uiout, ")");
5819 do_cleanups (old_chain);
5823 bptype_string (enum bptype type)
5825 struct ep_type_description
5830 static struct ep_type_description bptypes[] =
5832 {bp_none, "?deleted?"},
5833 {bp_breakpoint, "breakpoint"},
5834 {bp_hardware_breakpoint, "hw breakpoint"},
5835 {bp_until, "until"},
5836 {bp_finish, "finish"},
5837 {bp_watchpoint, "watchpoint"},
5838 {bp_hardware_watchpoint, "hw watchpoint"},
5839 {bp_read_watchpoint, "read watchpoint"},
5840 {bp_access_watchpoint, "acc watchpoint"},
5841 {bp_longjmp, "longjmp"},
5842 {bp_longjmp_resume, "longjmp resume"},
5843 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy, "longjmp for call dummy"},
5844 {bp_exception, "exception"},
5845 {bp_exception_resume, "exception resume"},
5846 {bp_step_resume, "step resume"},
5847 {bp_hp_step_resume, "high-priority step resume"},
5848 {bp_watchpoint_scope, "watchpoint scope"},
5849 {bp_call_dummy, "call dummy"},
5850 {bp_std_terminate, "std::terminate"},
5851 {bp_shlib_event, "shlib events"},
5852 {bp_thread_event, "thread events"},
5853 {bp_overlay_event, "overlay events"},
5854 {bp_longjmp_master, "longjmp master"},
5855 {bp_std_terminate_master, "std::terminate master"},
5856 {bp_exception_master, "exception master"},
5857 {bp_catchpoint, "catchpoint"},
5858 {bp_tracepoint, "tracepoint"},
5859 {bp_fast_tracepoint, "fast tracepoint"},
5860 {bp_static_tracepoint, "static tracepoint"},
5861 {bp_dprintf, "dprintf"},
5862 {bp_jit_event, "jit events"},
5863 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
5864 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
5867 if (((int) type >= (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
5868 || ((int) type != bptypes[(int) type].type))
5869 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5870 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
5873 return bptypes[(int) type].description;
5876 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
5877 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
5880 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out *uiout,
5881 const char *field_name,
5885 struct cleanup *back_to;
5886 int is_mi = ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout);
5890 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
5891 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
5892 if (!is_mi && mi_only)
5895 back_to = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (uiout, field_name);
5897 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (int, inf_num, i, inf); ++i)
5903 xsnprintf (mi_group, sizeof (mi_group), "i%d", inf);
5904 ui_out_field_string (uiout, NULL, mi_group);
5909 ui_out_text (uiout, " inf ");
5911 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
5913 ui_out_text (uiout, plongest (inf));
5917 do_cleanups (back_to);
5920 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
5923 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
5924 struct bp_location *loc,
5926 struct bp_location **last_loc,
5929 struct command_line *l;
5930 static char bpenables[] = "nynny";
5932 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5933 int header_of_multiple = 0;
5934 int part_of_multiple = (loc != NULL);
5935 struct value_print_options opts;
5937 get_user_print_options (&opts);
5939 gdb_assert (!loc || loc_number != 0);
5940 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
5941 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
5944 && (b->loc->next != NULL || !b->loc->enabled)))
5945 header_of_multiple = 1;
5953 if (part_of_multiple)
5956 formatted = xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b->number, loc_number);
5957 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "number", formatted);
5962 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
5967 if (part_of_multiple)
5968 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "type");
5970 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptype_string (b->type));
5974 if (part_of_multiple)
5975 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "disp");
5977 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
5982 if (part_of_multiple)
5983 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "enabled", loc->enabled ? "y" : "n");
5985 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c",
5986 bpenables[(int) b->enable_state]);
5987 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 2);
5991 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_one != NULL)
5993 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
5994 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
5995 make sure there's just one location. */
5996 gdb_assert (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->next == NULL);
5997 b->ops->print_one (b, last_loc);
6003 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
6004 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
6008 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
6009 case bp_read_watchpoint:
6010 case bp_access_watchpoint:
6012 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
6014 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6015 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6016 is relatively readable). */
6017 if (opts.addressprint)
6018 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6020 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", w->exp_string);
6025 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
6029 case bp_longjmp_resume:
6030 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
6032 case bp_exception_resume:
6033 case bp_step_resume:
6034 case bp_hp_step_resume:
6035 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
6037 case bp_std_terminate:
6038 case bp_shlib_event:
6039 case bp_thread_event:
6040 case bp_overlay_event:
6041 case bp_longjmp_master:
6042 case bp_std_terminate_master:
6043 case bp_exception_master:
6045 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
6046 case bp_static_tracepoint:
6049 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
6050 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
6051 if (opts.addressprint)
6054 if (header_of_multiple)
6055 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
6056 else if (b->loc == NULL || loc->shlib_disabled)
6057 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
6059 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
6060 loc->gdbarch, loc->address);
6063 if (!header_of_multiple)
6064 print_breakpoint_location (b, loc);
6071 if (loc != NULL && !header_of_multiple)
6073 struct inferior *inf;
6074 VEC(int) *inf_num = NULL;
6079 if (inf->pspace == loc->pspace)
6080 VEC_safe_push (int, inf_num, inf->num);
6083 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6084 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6086 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6087 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6088 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6089 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6090 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6091 && loc->owner->type != bp_catchpoint))
6093 output_thread_groups (uiout, "thread-groups", inf_num, mi_only);
6094 VEC_free (int, inf_num);
6097 if (!part_of_multiple)
6099 if (b->thread != -1)
6101 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6102 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6103 ui_out_text (uiout, " thread ");
6104 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
6106 else if (b->task != 0)
6108 ui_out_text (uiout, " task ");
6109 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "task", b->task);
6113 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6115 if (!part_of_multiple)
6116 b->ops->print_one_detail (b, uiout);
6118 if (part_of_multiple && frame_id_p (b->frame_id))
6121 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6122 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6124 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "frame",
6125 b->gdbarch, b->frame_id.stack_addr);
6126 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6129 if (!part_of_multiple && b->cond_string)
6132 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6133 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace only if ");
6135 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only if ");
6136 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "cond", b->cond_string);
6138 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6139 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6140 if (is_breakpoint (b)
6141 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6142 == condition_evaluation_target)
6144 ui_out_text (uiout, " (");
6145 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by",
6146 bp_condition_evaluator (b));
6147 ui_out_text (uiout, " evals)");
6149 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6152 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
6154 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6155 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in thread ");
6156 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
6157 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6160 if (!part_of_multiple)
6164 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6165 if (is_catchpoint (b))
6166 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tcatchpoint");
6167 else if (is_tracepoint (b))
6168 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttracepoint");
6170 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tbreakpoint");
6171 ui_out_text (uiout, " already hit ");
6172 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
6173 if (b->hit_count == 1)
6174 ui_out_text (uiout, " time\n");
6176 ui_out_text (uiout, " times\n");
6180 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6181 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6182 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
6186 if (!part_of_multiple && b->ignore_count)
6189 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tignore next ");
6190 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "ignore", b->ignore_count);
6191 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
6194 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6195 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6196 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6197 if (!part_of_multiple && b->enable_count > 1)
6200 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tdisable after ");
6201 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6202 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6203 if (b->ignore_count)
6204 ui_out_text (uiout, "additional ");
6206 ui_out_text (uiout, "next ");
6207 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "enable", b->enable_count);
6208 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
6211 if (!part_of_multiple && is_tracepoint (b))
6213 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6215 if (tp->traceframe_usage)
6217 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
6218 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "traceframe-usage", tp->traceframe_usage);
6219 ui_out_text (uiout, " bytes\n");
6223 l = b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
6224 if (!part_of_multiple && l)
6226 struct cleanup *script_chain;
6229 script_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "script");
6230 print_command_lines (uiout, l, 4);
6231 do_cleanups (script_chain);
6234 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6236 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6238 if (!part_of_multiple && t->pass_count)
6240 annotate_field (10);
6241 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tpass count ");
6242 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "pass", t->pass_count);
6243 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
6246 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6248 if (!header_of_multiple && loc != NULL && !loc->shlib_disabled)
6250 annotate_field (11);
6252 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6253 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "installed",
6254 loc->inserted ? "y" : "n");
6258 ui_out_text (uiout, "\t");
6260 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tnot ");
6261 ui_out_text (uiout, "installed on target\n");
6266 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout) && !part_of_multiple)
6268 if (is_watchpoint (b))
6270 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
6272 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", w->exp_string);
6274 else if (b->addr_string)
6275 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", b->addr_string);
6280 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
6281 struct bp_location **last_loc,
6284 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain;
6285 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6287 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "bkpt");
6289 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, NULL, 0, last_loc, allflag);
6290 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
6292 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6293 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6294 locations, if any. */
6295 if (b->ops == NULL || b->ops->print_one == NULL)
6297 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6298 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6299 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6302 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6303 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6305 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
6306 && (b->loc->next || !b->loc->enabled))
6308 struct bp_location *loc;
6311 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next, ++n)
6313 struct cleanup *inner2 =
6314 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, NULL);
6315 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, loc, n, last_loc, allflag);
6316 do_cleanups (inner2);
6323 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint *b)
6325 int print_address_bits = 0;
6326 struct bp_location *loc;
6328 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
6332 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
6333 an address to print. */
6334 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && loc->watchpoint_type == -1)
6337 addr_bit = gdbarch_addr_bit (loc->gdbarch);
6338 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6339 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6342 return print_address_bits;
6345 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
6351 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, void *data)
6353 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args *args = data;
6354 struct breakpoint *b;
6355 struct bp_location *dummy_loc = NULL;
6359 if (args->bnum == b->number)
6361 print_one_breakpoint (b, &dummy_loc, 0);
6369 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, int bnum,
6370 char **error_message)
6372 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args;
6375 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
6377 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout, do_captured_breakpoint_query, &args,
6378 error_message, RETURN_MASK_ALL) < 0)
6384 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6385 internal or momentary. */
6388 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
6390 return b->number > 0;
6393 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6394 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6395 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6396 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6397 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6398 breakpoints listed. */
6401 breakpoint_1 (char *args, int allflag,
6402 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
6404 struct breakpoint *b;
6405 struct bp_location *last_loc = NULL;
6406 int nr_printable_breakpoints;
6407 struct cleanup *bkpttbl_chain;
6408 struct value_print_options opts;
6409 int print_address_bits = 0;
6410 int print_type_col_width = 14;
6411 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6413 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6415 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6416 required for address fields. */
6417 nr_printable_breakpoints = 0;
6420 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6421 if (filter && !filter (b))
6424 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6425 accept. Skip the others. */
6426 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6428 if (allflag && parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6430 if (!allflag && !number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6434 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6436 int addr_bit, type_len;
6438 addr_bit = breakpoint_address_bits (b);
6439 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6440 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6442 type_len = strlen (bptype_string (b->type));
6443 if (type_len > print_type_col_width)
6444 print_type_col_width = type_len;
6446 nr_printable_breakpoints++;
6450 if (opts.addressprint)
6452 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 6,
6453 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6457 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 5,
6458 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6461 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6462 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6463 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6465 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 7, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6466 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6468 ui_out_table_header (uiout, print_type_col_width, ui_left,
6469 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6470 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6472 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6473 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6475 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6476 if (opts.addressprint)
6478 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6480 if (print_address_bits <= 32)
6481 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left,
6482 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6484 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left,
6485 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6487 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6489 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6490 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
6491 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6492 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6497 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6498 if (filter && !filter (b))
6501 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6502 accept. Skip the others. */
6504 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6506 if (allflag) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6508 if (parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6511 else /* all others */
6513 if (!number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6517 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6519 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6520 print_one_breakpoint (b, &last_loc, allflag);
6523 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain);
6525 if (nr_printable_breakpoints == 0)
6527 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6531 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6532 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6534 ui_out_message (uiout, 0,
6535 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6541 if (last_loc && !server_command)
6542 set_next_address (last_loc->gdbarch, last_loc->address);
6545 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6546 there have been breakpoints? */
6547 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6549 return nr_printable_breakpoints;
6552 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6553 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6556 default_collect_info (void)
6558 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6560 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6561 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6563 if (!*default_collect)
6566 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6568 ui_out_text (uiout, "default collect ");
6569 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "default-collect", default_collect);
6570 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
6574 breakpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
6576 breakpoint_1 (args, 0, NULL);
6578 default_collect_info ();
6582 watchpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
6584 int num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_watchpoint);
6585 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6587 if (num_printed == 0)
6589 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6590 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
6592 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
6597 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args, int from_tty)
6599 breakpoint_1 (args, 1, NULL);
6601 default_collect_info ();
6605 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint *b,
6606 struct program_space *pspace,
6607 CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section)
6609 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
6611 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
6613 if (bl->pspace == pspace
6614 && bl->address == pc
6615 && (!overlay_debugging || bl->section == section))
6621 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6622 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6626 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6627 struct program_space *pspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
6628 struct obj_section *section, int thread)
6631 struct breakpoint *b;
6634 others += (user_breakpoint_p (b)
6635 && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section));
6639 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6640 else /* if (others == ???) */
6641 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6643 if (user_breakpoint_p (b) && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section))
6646 printf_filtered ("%d", b->number);
6647 if (b->thread == -1 && thread != -1)
6648 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6649 else if (b->thread != -1)
6650 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b->thread);
6651 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6652 ((b->enable_state == bp_disabled
6653 || b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
6655 : b->enable_state == bp_permanent
6659 : ((others == 1) ? " and" : ""));
6661 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6662 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch, pc), gdb_stdout);
6663 printf_filtered (".\n");
6668 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
6669 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
6670 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
6671 (or use it for any other purpose either).
6673 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
6674 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
6675 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
6676 breakpoint at address zero:
6684 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint *bpt)
6686 enum bptype type = bpt->type;
6688 return (type != bp_watchpoint && type != bp_catchpoint);
6691 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6692 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6695 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6696 struct bp_location *loc2)
6698 struct watchpoint *w1 = (struct watchpoint *) loc1->owner;
6699 struct watchpoint *w2 = (struct watchpoint *) loc2->owner;
6701 /* Both of them must exist. */
6702 gdb_assert (w1 != NULL);
6703 gdb_assert (w2 != NULL);
6705 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6706 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6707 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6708 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6709 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6710 other watchpoint. */
6712 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1->address,
6714 loc1->watchpoint_type,
6717 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2->address,
6719 loc2->watchpoint_type,
6723 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6724 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6725 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6726 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6727 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6728 become hw_access locations later. */
6729 return (loc1->owner->type == loc2->owner->type
6730 && loc1->pspace->aspace == loc2->pspace->aspace
6731 && loc1->address == loc2->address
6732 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
6735 /* Returns true if {ASPACE1,ADDR1} and {ASPACE2,ADDR2} represent the
6736 same breakpoint location. In most targets, this can only be true
6737 if ASPACE1 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global
6738 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6741 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
6742 struct address_space *aspace2, CORE_ADDR addr2)
6744 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6745 || aspace1 == aspace2)
6749 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
6750 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
6751 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
6752 space doesn't really matter. */
6755 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
6756 int len1, struct address_space *aspace2,
6759 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6760 || aspace1 == aspace2)
6761 && addr2 >= addr1 && addr2 < addr1 + len1);
6764 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
6765 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
6766 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
6767 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6770 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
6771 struct address_space *aspace,
6774 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
6777 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace,
6778 bl->address, bl->length,
6782 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
6783 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
6784 true, otherwise returns false. */
6787 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6788 struct bp_location *loc2)
6790 if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) && is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
6791 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
6792 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
6793 different locations. */
6794 return (loc1->address == loc2->address && loc1->owner == loc2->owner);
6799 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
6800 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
6801 represent the same location. */
6804 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6805 struct bp_location *loc2)
6807 int hw_point1, hw_point2;
6809 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
6810 gdb_assert (loc1->owner != NULL);
6811 gdb_assert (loc2->owner != NULL);
6813 hw_point1 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1->owner);
6814 hw_point2 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner);
6816 if (hw_point1 != hw_point2)
6819 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
6820 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) || is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
6821 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
6823 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
6824 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1->pspace->aspace, loc1->address,
6825 loc2->pspace->aspace, loc2->address)
6826 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
6830 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr, CORE_ADDR to_addr,
6831 int bnum, int have_bnum)
6833 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
6834 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
6838 strcpy (astr1, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr, 8));
6839 strcpy (astr2, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr, 8));
6841 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
6842 bnum, astr1, astr2);
6844 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1, astr2);
6847 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
6848 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
6849 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
6850 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
6853 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6854 CORE_ADDR bpaddr, enum bptype bptype)
6856 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch))
6858 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
6861 else if (bptype == bp_watchpoint
6862 || bptype == bp_hardware_watchpoint
6863 || bptype == bp_read_watchpoint
6864 || bptype == bp_access_watchpoint
6865 || bptype == bp_catchpoint)
6867 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
6868 have their addresses modified. */
6873 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr;
6875 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
6876 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
6877 adjusted_bpaddr = gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch, bpaddr);
6879 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
6880 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
6882 if (adjusted_bpaddr != bpaddr)
6883 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr, adjusted_bpaddr, 0, 0);
6885 return adjusted_bpaddr;
6890 init_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc, const struct bp_location_ops *ops,
6891 struct breakpoint *owner)
6893 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
6895 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
6900 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
6901 loc->shlib_disabled = 0;
6904 switch (owner->type)
6910 case bp_longjmp_resume:
6911 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
6913 case bp_exception_resume:
6914 case bp_step_resume:
6915 case bp_hp_step_resume:
6916 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
6918 case bp_std_terminate:
6919 case bp_shlib_event:
6920 case bp_thread_event:
6921 case bp_overlay_event:
6923 case bp_longjmp_master:
6924 case bp_std_terminate_master:
6925 case bp_exception_master:
6926 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
6927 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
6929 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
6930 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
6932 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
6933 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
6934 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
6936 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
6937 case bp_read_watchpoint:
6938 case bp_access_watchpoint:
6939 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint;
6944 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
6945 case bp_static_tracepoint:
6946 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_other;
6949 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
6955 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
6957 static struct bp_location *
6958 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt)
6960 return bpt->ops->allocate_location (bpt);
6964 free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc)
6966 loc->ops->dtor (loc);
6970 /* Increment reference count. */
6973 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl)
6978 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
6979 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
6982 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **blp)
6984 gdb_assert ((*blp)->refc > 0);
6986 if (--(*blp)->refc == 0)
6987 free_bp_location (*blp);
6991 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
6994 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint *b)
6996 struct breakpoint *b1;
6998 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
6999 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
7001 b1 = breakpoint_chain;
7003 breakpoint_chain = b;
7012 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
7015 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint *b,
7016 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7018 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7020 memset (b, 0, sizeof (*b));
7022 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
7026 b->gdbarch = gdbarch;
7027 b->language = current_language->la_language;
7028 b->input_radix = input_radix;
7030 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7033 b->ignore_count = 0;
7035 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
7036 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
7037 b->py_bp_object = NULL;
7038 b->related_breakpoint = b;
7041 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
7042 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
7044 static struct breakpoint *
7045 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7047 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7049 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
7051 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
7052 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
7056 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
7057 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
7061 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location *loc, int explicit_loc)
7063 gdb_assert (loc->owner != NULL);
7065 if (loc->owner->type == bp_breakpoint
7066 || loc->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
7067 || is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
7070 const char *function_name;
7071 CORE_ADDR func_addr;
7073 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc->address, &function_name,
7074 &func_addr, NULL, &is_gnu_ifunc);
7076 if (is_gnu_ifunc && !explicit_loc)
7078 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7080 gdb_assert (loc->pspace == current_program_space);
7081 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name,
7082 &loc->requested_address))
7084 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
7085 loc->address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc->gdbarch,
7086 loc->requested_address,
7089 else if (b->type == bp_breakpoint && b->loc == loc
7090 && loc->next == NULL && b->related_breakpoint == b)
7092 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7093 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7094 b->type = bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver;
7095 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7097 loc->related_address = func_addr;
7102 loc->function_name = xstrdup (function_name);
7106 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7108 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal)
7111 return get_objfile_arch (sal.section->objfile);
7113 return get_objfile_arch (sal.symtab->objfile);
7118 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7119 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7120 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7122 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7123 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7124 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7127 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7128 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7129 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7131 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
7133 add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
7135 if (bptype != bp_catchpoint)
7136 gdb_assert (sal.pspace != NULL);
7138 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7139 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7141 if (bptype != bp_breakpoint && bptype != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7142 b->pspace = sal.pspace;
7145 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7146 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7147 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7148 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7149 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7150 is also returned as the value of this function.
7152 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7153 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7154 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7155 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7156 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7157 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7158 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7161 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7162 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7163 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7165 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
7167 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bptype, ops);
7168 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
7173 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
7174 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
7176 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint *b)
7178 struct bp_location *bl;
7180 b->enable_state = bp_permanent;
7182 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
7183 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
7184 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
7185 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
7186 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implement. */
7187 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
7191 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7192 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7193 initiated the operation. */
7196 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info *tp, struct frame_id frame)
7198 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7199 int thread = tp->num;
7201 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7202 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7203 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7204 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7205 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7206 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7207 && (b->type == bp_longjmp_master
7208 || b->type == bp_exception_master))
7210 enum bptype type = b->type == bp_longjmp_master ? bp_longjmp : bp_exception;
7211 struct breakpoint *clone;
7213 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7214 after their removal. */
7215 clone = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, type,
7216 &longjmp_breakpoint_ops);
7217 clone->thread = thread;
7220 tp->initiating_frame = frame;
7223 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7225 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread)
7227 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7229 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7230 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7232 if (b->thread == thread)
7233 delete_breakpoint (b);
7238 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread)
7240 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7242 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7243 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7245 if (b->thread == thread)
7246 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
7250 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7251 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7252 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7256 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7258 struct breakpoint *b, *retval = NULL;
7261 if (b->pspace == current_program_space && b->type == bp_longjmp_master)
7263 struct breakpoint *new_b;
7265 new_b = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_longjmp_call_dummy,
7266 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
7267 new_b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
7269 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7271 gdb_assert (new_b->related_breakpoint == new_b);
7274 new_b->related_breakpoint = retval;
7275 while (retval->related_breakpoint != new_b->related_breakpoint)
7276 retval = retval->related_breakpoint;
7277 retval->related_breakpoint = new_b;
7283 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7284 THREAD. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7287 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7288 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7292 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (int thread)
7294 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7296 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7297 if (b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy && b->thread == thread)
7299 struct breakpoint *dummy_b = b->related_breakpoint;
7301 while (dummy_b != b && dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy)
7302 dummy_b = dummy_b->related_breakpoint;
7303 if (dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy
7304 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b->frame_id) != NULL)
7307 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b->frame_id);
7309 while (b->related_breakpoint != b)
7311 if (b_tmp == b->related_breakpoint)
7312 b_tmp = b->related_breakpoint->next;
7313 delete_breakpoint (b->related_breakpoint);
7315 delete_breakpoint (b);
7320 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7322 struct breakpoint *b;
7325 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7327 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7328 update_global_location_list (1);
7329 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
7334 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7336 struct breakpoint *b;
7339 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7341 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
7342 update_global_location_list (0);
7343 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
7347 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7348 master breakpoint. */
7350 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7352 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7354 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7355 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7356 && b->type == bp_std_terminate_master)
7358 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_std_terminate,
7359 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
7363 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7365 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7367 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7369 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7370 if (b->type == bp_std_terminate)
7371 delete_breakpoint (b);
7375 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7377 struct breakpoint *b;
7379 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_thread_event,
7380 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7382 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7383 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7385 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
7387 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7393 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
7395 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7397 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7398 if (b->type == bp_thread_event
7399 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7400 delete_breakpoint (b);
7403 struct lang_and_radix
7409 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7412 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7414 struct breakpoint *b;
7416 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_jit_event,
7417 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7418 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7422 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7425 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7427 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7429 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7430 if (b->type == bp_jit_event
7431 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7432 delete_breakpoint (b);
7436 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7438 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7440 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7441 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
7442 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7443 delete_breakpoint (b);
7447 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7449 struct breakpoint *b;
7451 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_shlib_event,
7452 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7453 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7457 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7458 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7461 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7463 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7465 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7467 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7468 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7470 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7471 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7472 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7473 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7474 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7475 if (((b->type == bp_breakpoint)
7476 || (b->type == bp_jit_event)
7477 || (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7478 || (is_tracepoint (b)))
7479 && loc->pspace == current_program_space
7480 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7481 && solib_name_from_address (loc->pspace, loc->address)
7484 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7489 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in SOLIB upon
7490 notification of unloaded_shlib. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7491 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7494 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list *solib)
7496 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7497 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
7499 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
7500 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
7501 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
7502 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
7503 if (exec_bfd != NULL
7504 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd) == bfd_target_aout_flavour)
7507 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7509 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7510 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7512 if (solib->pspace == loc->pspace
7513 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7514 && (((b->type == bp_breakpoint
7515 || b->type == bp_jit_event
7516 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7517 && (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7518 || loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint))
7519 || is_tracepoint (b))
7520 && solib_contains_address_p (solib, loc->address))
7522 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7523 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7524 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7525 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7528 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7529 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
7531 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks)
7533 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7534 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7535 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7538 disabled_shlib_breaks = 1;
7543 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints in OBJFILE upon
7544 notification of free_objfile. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7545 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7548 disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile (struct objfile *objfile)
7550 struct breakpoint *b;
7552 if (objfile == NULL)
7555 /* If the file is a shared library not loaded by the user then
7556 solib_unloaded was notified and disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
7557 was called. In that case there is no need to take action again. */
7558 if ((objfile->flags & OBJF_SHARED) && !(objfile->flags & OBJF_USERLOADED))
7563 struct bp_location *loc;
7564 int bp_modified = 0;
7566 if (!is_breakpoint (b) && !is_tracepoint (b))
7569 for (loc = b->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
7571 CORE_ADDR loc_addr = loc->address;
7573 if (loc->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7574 && loc->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
7577 if (loc->shlib_disabled != 0)
7580 if (objfile->pspace != loc->pspace)
7583 if (loc->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7584 && loc->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
7587 if (is_addr_in_objfile (loc_addr, objfile))
7589 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7592 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
7599 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
7603 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7605 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7606 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
7607 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
7608 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7609 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7611 struct fork_catchpoint
7613 /* The base class. */
7614 struct breakpoint base;
7616 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7617 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7618 catchpoint has triggered. */
7619 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid;
7622 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7626 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
7628 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
7631 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7635 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
7637 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
7640 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7644 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location *bl,
7645 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7646 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7648 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7650 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED)
7653 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
7657 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7660 static enum print_stop_action
7661 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs)
7663 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7664 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7665 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
7667 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7668 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7669 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7671 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7672 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7674 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
7675 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK));
7676 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7678 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7679 ui_out_text (uiout, " (forked process ");
7680 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7681 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
7682 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7685 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7689 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
7691 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7692 struct value_print_options opts;
7693 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7695 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7697 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7698 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7700 if (opts.addressprint)
7701 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7703 ui_out_text (uiout, "fork");
7704 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
7706 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
7707 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
7708 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7709 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
7712 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7713 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "fork");
7716 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7720 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
7722 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b->number);
7725 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7729 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7731 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch fork");
7732 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7735 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
7737 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
7739 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7743 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
7745 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
7748 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7752 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
7754 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
7757 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7761 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location *bl,
7762 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7763 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7765 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7767 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED)
7770 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
7774 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7777 static enum print_stop_action
7778 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs)
7780 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7781 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7782 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7784 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7785 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7786 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7788 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7789 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7791 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
7792 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK));
7793 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7795 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7796 ui_out_text (uiout, " (vforked process ");
7797 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7798 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
7799 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7802 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7806 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
7808 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7809 struct value_print_options opts;
7810 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7812 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7813 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7814 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7816 if (opts.addressprint)
7817 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7819 ui_out_text (uiout, "vfork");
7820 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
7822 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
7823 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
7824 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7825 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
7828 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7829 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "vfork");
7832 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7836 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
7838 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b->number);
7841 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7845 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7847 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch vfork");
7848 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7851 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
7853 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
7855 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
7856 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
7857 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
7858 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7859 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7861 struct solib_catchpoint
7863 /* The base class. */
7864 struct breakpoint base;
7866 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
7867 unsigned char is_load;
7869 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
7870 REGEX is non-NULL. */
7876 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
7878 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7881 regfree (&self->compiled);
7882 xfree (self->regex);
7884 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
7888 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
7894 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
7900 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location *bl,
7901 struct address_space *aspace,
7903 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7905 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7906 struct breakpoint *other;
7908 if (ws->kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
7911 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other)
7913 struct bp_location *other_bl;
7915 if (other == bl->owner)
7918 if (other->type != bp_shlib_event)
7921 if (self->base.pspace != NULL && other->pspace != self->base.pspace)
7924 for (other_bl = other->loc; other_bl != NULL; other_bl = other_bl->next)
7926 if (other->ops->breakpoint_hit (other_bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
7935 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats *bs)
7937 struct solib_catchpoint *self
7938 = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
7943 struct so_list *iter;
7946 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
7951 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter->so_name, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
7960 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
7965 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
7971 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
7974 static enum print_stop_action
7975 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs)
7977 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7978 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7980 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7981 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7982 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7984 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7985 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7986 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
7987 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7988 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7989 print_solib_event (1);
7990 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7994 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **locs)
7996 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7997 struct value_print_options opts;
7998 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8001 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8002 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8003 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8005 if (opts.addressprint)
8008 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8015 msg = xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self->regex);
8017 msg = xstrdup (_("load of library"));
8022 msg = xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self->regex);
8024 msg = xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
8026 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", msg);
8029 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8030 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type",
8031 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
8035 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
8037 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8039 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b->number,
8040 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
8044 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8046 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8048 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "%s %s",
8049 b->disposition == disp_del ? "tcatch" : "catch",
8050 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
8052 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->regex);
8053 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
8056 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
8058 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
8059 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
8060 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
8061 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
8062 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
8063 created in an enabled state. */
8066 add_solib_catchpoint (char *arg, int is_load, int is_temp, int enabled)
8068 struct solib_catchpoint *c;
8069 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
8070 struct cleanup *cleanup;
8074 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
8076 c = XCNEW (struct solib_catchpoint);
8077 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, c);
8083 errcode = regcomp (&c->compiled, arg, REG_NOSUB);
8086 char *err = get_regcomp_error (errcode, &c->compiled);
8088 make_cleanup (xfree, err);
8089 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err, arg);
8091 c->regex = xstrdup (arg);
8094 c->is_load = is_load;
8095 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, is_temp, NULL,
8096 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops);
8098 c->base.enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
8100 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
8101 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8104 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
8108 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg, int from_tty, int is_load,
8109 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8112 const int enabled = 1;
8114 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
8116 add_solib_catchpoint (arg, is_load, tempflag, enabled);
8120 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
8121 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8123 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 1, command);
8127 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
8128 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8130 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 0, command);
8133 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a syscall catchpoint.
8134 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8135 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8136 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8137 CATCH_SYSCALL_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8139 struct syscall_catchpoint
8141 /* The base class. */
8142 struct breakpoint base;
8144 /* Syscall numbers used for the 'catch syscall' feature. If no
8145 syscall has been specified for filtering, its value is NULL.
8146 Otherwise, it holds a list of all syscalls to be caught. The
8147 list elements are allocated with xmalloc. */
8148 VEC(int) *syscalls_to_be_caught;
8151 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8155 dtor_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
8157 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8159 VEC_free (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught);
8161 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
8164 static const struct inferior_data *catch_syscall_inferior_data = NULL;
8166 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
8168 /* We keep a count of the number of times the user has requested a
8169 particular syscall to be tracked, and pass this information to the
8170 target. This lets capable targets implement filtering directly. */
8172 /* Number of times that "any" syscall is requested. */
8173 int any_syscall_count;
8175 /* Count of each system call. */
8176 VEC(int) *syscalls_counts;
8178 /* This counts all syscall catch requests, so we can readily determine
8179 if any catching is necessary. */
8180 int total_syscalls_count;
8183 static struct catch_syscall_inferior_data*
8184 get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (struct inferior *inf)
8186 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data;
8188 inf_data = inferior_data (inf, catch_syscall_inferior_data);
8189 if (inf_data == NULL)
8191 inf_data = XZALLOC (struct catch_syscall_inferior_data);
8192 set_inferior_data (inf, catch_syscall_inferior_data, inf_data);
8199 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup (struct inferior *inf, void *arg)
8205 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8209 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
8211 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8212 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
8213 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
8214 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
8216 ++inf_data->total_syscalls_count;
8217 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8218 ++inf_data->any_syscall_count;
8224 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8229 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts))
8231 int old_size = VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts);
8232 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
8233 = old_size * ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
8235 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter + 1);
8236 vec_addr = ((uintptr_t) VEC_address (int,
8237 inf_data->syscalls_counts)
8239 memset ((void *) vec_addr, 0,
8240 (iter + 1 - old_size) * sizeof (int));
8242 elem = VEC_index (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter);
8243 VEC_replace (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter, ++elem);
8247 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid),
8248 inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0,
8249 inf_data->any_syscall_count,
8251 inf_data->syscalls_counts),
8253 inf_data->syscalls_counts));
8256 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8260 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
8262 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8263 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
8264 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
8265 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
8267 --inf_data->total_syscalls_count;
8268 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8269 --inf_data->any_syscall_count;
8275 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8279 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts))
8280 /* Shouldn't happen. */
8282 elem = VEC_index (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter);
8283 VEC_replace (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter, --elem);
8287 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid),
8288 inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0,
8289 inf_data->any_syscall_count,
8291 inf_data->syscalls_counts),
8293 inf_data->syscalls_counts));
8296 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8300 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location *bl,
8301 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8302 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8304 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
8305 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
8306 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
8307 int syscall_number = 0;
8308 const struct syscall_catchpoint *c
8309 = (const struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8311 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8312 && ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN)
8315 syscall_number = ws->value.syscall_number;
8317 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
8318 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8323 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8325 if (syscall_number == iter)
8335 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8338 static enum print_stop_action
8339 print_it_catch_syscall (bpstat bs)
8341 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8342 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8343 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
8344 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8345 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
8346 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
8348 struct target_waitstatus last;
8351 get_last_target_status (&ptid, &last);
8353 get_syscall_by_number (last.value.syscall_number, &s);
8355 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8357 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8358 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8360 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8361 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8363 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8364 async_reason_lookup (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8365 ? EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8366 : EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_RETURN));
8367 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8369 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8371 if (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY)
8372 ui_out_text (uiout, " (call to syscall ");
8374 ui_out_text (uiout, " (returned from syscall ");
8376 if (s.name == NULL || ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8377 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "syscall-number", last.value.syscall_number);
8379 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "syscall-name", s.name);
8381 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8383 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8386 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8390 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b,
8391 struct bp_location **last_loc)
8393 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8394 struct value_print_options opts;
8395 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8397 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8398 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8399 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8401 if (opts.addressprint)
8402 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8405 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught
8406 && VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
8407 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscalls \"");
8409 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscall \"");
8411 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8414 char *text = xstrprintf ("%s", "");
8417 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8422 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8425 text = xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text, s.name);
8427 text = xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text, iter);
8429 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
8430 because xstrprintf dynamically allocates new space for it
8434 /* Remove the last comma. */
8435 text[strlen (text) - 2] = '\0';
8436 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", text);
8439 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any syscall>");
8440 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
8442 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8443 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "syscall");
8446 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8450 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
8452 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8454 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8458 if (VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
8459 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b->number);
8461 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b->number);
8464 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8468 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8471 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s.name, s.number);
8473 printf_filtered (" %d", s.number);
8475 printf_filtered (")");
8478 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
8482 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8486 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8488 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8490 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch syscall");
8492 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8497 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8502 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8504 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", s.name);
8506 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %d", s.number);
8509 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8512 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
8514 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
8516 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
8519 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
8521 return (b->ops == &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
8524 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8525 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8526 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8527 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8530 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8531 struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
8533 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8535 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8538 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
8540 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_catchpoint, ops);
8542 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ? NULL : xstrdup (cond_string);
8543 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
8547 install_breakpoint (int internal, struct breakpoint *b, int update_gll)
8549 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
8550 set_breakpoint_number (internal, b);
8551 if (is_tracepoint (b))
8552 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
8555 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
8558 update_global_location_list (1);
8562 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8563 int tempflag, char *cond_string,
8564 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8566 struct fork_catchpoint *c = XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint);
8568 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, ops);
8570 c->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
8572 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8575 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8577 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8578 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8579 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8580 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8581 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8583 struct exec_catchpoint
8585 /* The base class. */
8586 struct breakpoint base;
8588 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8589 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8591 char *exec_pathname;
8594 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8598 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8600 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8602 xfree (c->exec_pathname);
8604 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
8608 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8610 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
8614 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8616 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
8620 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location *bl,
8621 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8622 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8624 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8626 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD)
8629 c->exec_pathname = xstrdup (ws->value.execd_pathname);
8633 static enum print_stop_action
8634 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs)
8636 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8637 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8638 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8640 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8641 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8642 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8644 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8645 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8647 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8648 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC));
8649 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8651 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8652 ui_out_text (uiout, " (exec'd ");
8653 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "new-exec", c->exec_pathname);
8654 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8656 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8660 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
8662 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8663 struct value_print_options opts;
8664 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8666 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8668 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8669 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8670 is relatively readable). */
8671 if (opts.addressprint)
8672 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8674 ui_out_text (uiout, "exec");
8675 if (c->exec_pathname != NULL)
8677 ui_out_text (uiout, ", program \"");
8678 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", c->exec_pathname);
8679 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
8682 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8683 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "exec");
8687 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8689 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b->number);
8692 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8696 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8698 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch exec");
8699 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8702 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
8705 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, VEC(int) *filter,
8706 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8708 struct syscall_catchpoint *c;
8709 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
8711 c = XNEW (struct syscall_catchpoint);
8712 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, NULL, ops);
8713 c->syscalls_to_be_caught = filter;
8715 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8719 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8722 struct breakpoint *b;
8723 struct bp_location *bl;
8727 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8728 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8730 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8732 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
8739 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8743 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *b)
8746 struct bp_location *bl;
8748 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
8751 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8753 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8755 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
8761 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8762 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8763 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8764 types _not_ TYPE. */
8767 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
8768 enum bptype type, int *other_type_used)
8771 struct breakpoint *b;
8773 *other_type_used = 0;
8778 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
8781 if (b->type == type)
8782 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (b);
8783 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
8784 *other_type_used = 1;
8791 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8793 struct breakpoint *b;
8797 if (is_watchpoint (b) && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8799 b->enable_state = bp_call_disabled;
8800 update_global_location_list (0);
8806 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8808 struct breakpoint *b;
8812 if (is_watchpoint (b) && b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
8814 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8815 update_global_location_list (1);
8821 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8823 current_program_space->executing_startup = 1;
8824 update_global_location_list (0);
8828 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8830 current_program_space->executing_startup = 0;
8831 breakpoint_re_set ();
8835 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
8836 at address specified by SAL.
8837 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
8840 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct symtab_and_line sal,
8841 struct frame_id frame_id, enum bptype type)
8843 struct breakpoint *b;
8845 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8847 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id));
8849 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
8850 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8851 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8852 b->frame_id = frame_id;
8854 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
8855 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
8857 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
8858 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
8860 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
8865 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8866 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, and use OPS as it
8869 static struct breakpoint *
8870 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
8872 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8874 struct breakpoint *copy;
8876 copy = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig->gdbarch, type, ops);
8877 copy->loc = allocate_bp_location (copy);
8878 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy->loc, 1);
8880 copy->loc->gdbarch = orig->loc->gdbarch;
8881 copy->loc->requested_address = orig->loc->requested_address;
8882 copy->loc->address = orig->loc->address;
8883 copy->loc->section = orig->loc->section;
8884 copy->loc->pspace = orig->loc->pspace;
8885 copy->loc->probe = orig->loc->probe;
8886 copy->loc->line_number = orig->loc->line_number;
8887 copy->loc->symtab = orig->loc->symtab;
8888 copy->frame_id = orig->frame_id;
8889 copy->thread = orig->thread;
8890 copy->pspace = orig->pspace;
8892 copy->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8893 copy->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8894 copy->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
8896 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
8900 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8904 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *orig)
8906 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8910 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig, orig->type, orig->ops);
8914 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc,
8917 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8919 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
8921 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
8922 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
8924 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, null_frame_id, type);
8928 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8931 mention (struct breakpoint *b)
8933 b->ops->print_mention (b);
8934 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
8936 printf_filtered ("\n");
8940 static struct bp_location *
8941 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8942 const struct symtab_and_line *sal)
8944 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
8945 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address;
8946 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
8948 if (loc_gdbarch == NULL)
8949 loc_gdbarch = b->gdbarch;
8951 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
8952 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
8953 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
8954 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
8955 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
8956 location that's only been partially initialized. */
8957 adjusted_address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch,
8960 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
8961 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
8962 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL && (*tmp)->address <= adjusted_address;
8963 tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
8968 loc->requested_address = sal->pc;
8969 loc->address = adjusted_address;
8970 loc->pspace = sal->pspace;
8971 loc->probe = sal->probe;
8972 gdb_assert (loc->pspace != NULL);
8973 loc->section = sal->section;
8974 loc->gdbarch = loc_gdbarch;
8975 loc->line_number = sal->line;
8976 loc->symtab = sal->symtab;
8978 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc,
8979 sal->explicit_pc || sal->explicit_line);
8984 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
8985 return 0 otherwise. */
8988 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc)
8992 const gdb_byte *bpoint;
8993 gdb_byte *target_mem;
8994 struct cleanup *cleanup;
8997 gdb_assert (loc != NULL);
8999 addr = loc->address;
9000 bpoint = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc->gdbarch, &addr, &len);
9002 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
9006 target_mem = alloca (len);
9008 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
9009 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
9010 breakpoints they are permanent. */
9011 cleanup = save_current_space_and_thread ();
9013 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc->pspace);
9014 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
9016 if (target_read_memory (loc->address, target_mem, len) == 0
9017 && memcmp (target_mem, bpoint, len) == 0)
9020 do_cleanups (cleanup);
9025 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
9026 settings of the dprintf style options. */
9029 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint *b)
9031 char *dprintf_args = b->extra_string;
9032 char *printf_line = NULL;
9037 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
9039 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
9041 if (*dprintf_args == ',')
9043 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
9045 if (*dprintf_args != '"')
9046 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
9048 if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_gdb) == 0)
9049 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
9050 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_call) == 0)
9052 if (!dprintf_function)
9053 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
9055 if (dprintf_channel && strlen (dprintf_channel) > 0)
9056 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
9061 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
9065 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) == 0)
9067 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
9068 printf_line = xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args);
9071 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
9072 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
9076 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
9077 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
9079 gdb_assert (printf_line != NULL);
9080 /* Manufacture a printf sequence. */
9082 struct command_line *printf_cmd_line
9083 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line));
9085 printf_cmd_line = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line));
9086 printf_cmd_line->control_type = simple_control;
9087 printf_cmd_line->body_count = 0;
9088 printf_cmd_line->body_list = NULL;
9089 printf_cmd_line->next = NULL;
9090 printf_cmd_line->line = printf_line;
9092 breakpoint_set_commands (b, printf_cmd_line);
9096 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
9097 current style settings. */
9100 update_dprintf_commands (char *args, int from_tty,
9101 struct cmd_list_element *c)
9103 struct breakpoint *b;
9107 if (b->type == bp_dprintf)
9108 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
9112 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
9113 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
9114 as condition expression. */
9117 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9118 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
9119 char *filter, char *cond_string,
9121 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9122 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9123 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9124 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
9125 int display_canonical)
9129 if (type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
9131 int target_resources_ok;
9133 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9134 target_resources_ok =
9135 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
9137 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
9138 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
9139 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
9140 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9143 gdb_assert (sals.nelts > 0);
9145 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
9147 struct symtab_and_line sal = sals.sals[i];
9148 struct bp_location *loc;
9152 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
9154 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
9156 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
9157 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, thread);
9162 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
9166 b->cond_string = cond_string;
9167 b->extra_string = extra_string;
9168 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
9169 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
9170 b->disposition = disposition;
9172 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
9173 b->loc->inserted = 1;
9175 if (type == bp_static_tracepoint)
9177 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
9178 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
9180 if (strace_marker_p (b))
9182 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
9183 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
9184 char *p = &addr_string[3];
9188 p = skip_spaces (p);
9190 endp = skip_to_space (p);
9192 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
9193 t->static_trace_marker_id = marker_str;
9195 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9197 t->static_trace_marker_id);
9199 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal.pc, &marker))
9201 t->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
9202 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
9204 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9206 t->static_trace_marker_id);
9209 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
9210 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
9217 loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
9218 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
9222 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc))
9223 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
9227 const char *arg = b->cond_string;
9229 loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
9230 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
9232 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg);
9235 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
9236 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
9237 if (type == bp_dprintf)
9239 if (b->extra_string)
9240 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
9242 error (_("Format string required"));
9244 else if (b->extra_string)
9245 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b->extra_string);
9248 b->display_canonical = display_canonical;
9250 b->addr_string = addr_string;
9252 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
9255 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
9260 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9261 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
9262 char *filter, char *cond_string,
9264 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9265 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9266 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9267 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
9268 int display_canonical)
9270 struct breakpoint *b;
9271 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9273 if (is_tracepoint_type (type))
9275 struct tracepoint *t;
9277 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
9281 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
9283 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, b);
9285 init_breakpoint_sal (b, gdbarch,
9287 filter, cond_string, extra_string,
9289 thread, task, ignore_count,
9291 enabled, internal, flags,
9293 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
9295 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
9298 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9299 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9300 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9301 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9302 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9303 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9304 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9305 we take just a single condition string.
9307 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9308 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9309 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9310 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9311 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9314 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9315 struct linespec_result *canonical,
9316 char *cond_string, char *extra_string,
9317 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9318 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9319 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9320 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags)
9323 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
9325 if (canonical->pre_expanded)
9326 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical->sals) == 1);
9328 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, i, lsal); ++i)
9330 /* Note that 'addr_string' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9331 'break', without arguments. */
9332 char *addr_string = (canonical->addr_string
9333 ? xstrdup (canonical->addr_string)
9335 char *filter_string = lsal->canonical ? xstrdup (lsal->canonical) : NULL;
9336 struct cleanup *inner = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
9338 make_cleanup (xfree, filter_string);
9339 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch, lsal->sals,
9342 cond_string, extra_string,
9344 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
9345 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
9346 canonical->special_display);
9347 discard_cleanups (inner);
9351 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9352 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9353 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
9354 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
9356 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9357 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9360 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address,
9361 struct linespec_result *canonical)
9363 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
9365 if ((*address) == NULL
9366 || (strncmp ((*address), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address)[2])))
9368 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default breakpoint
9370 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9372 struct linespec_sals lsal;
9373 struct symtab_and_line sal;
9376 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
9377 lsal.sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
9378 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
9380 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9381 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9382 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9383 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9384 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9385 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
9387 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
9389 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9390 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9391 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9392 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9393 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9395 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
9397 lsal.sals.sals[0] = sal;
9398 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
9399 lsal.canonical = NULL;
9401 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
9404 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9408 struct symtab_and_line cursal = get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9410 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9411 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9412 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9413 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9415 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9416 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9417 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
9419 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address)[0]) != NULL)
9420 && ((*address)[1] != '['))))
9421 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9422 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9423 get_last_displayed_line (),
9424 canonical, NULL, NULL);
9426 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9427 cursal.symtab, cursal.line, canonical, NULL, NULL);
9432 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9433 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9436 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
9440 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
9441 resolve_sal_pc (&sals->sals[i]);
9444 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9445 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9446 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9447 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9448 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9452 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9453 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
9456 struct symtab_and_line *sal;
9458 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9460 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
9462 struct gdbarch *sarch;
9464 sal = &sals->sals[i];
9466 sarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
9467 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9468 associated with SAL. */
9471 rslt = gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch, sal->pc,
9473 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, msg);
9476 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
9477 paddress (sarch, sal->pc), (msg ? msg : ""));
9479 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9483 /* Issue an invalid thread ID error. */
9485 static void ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
9486 invalid_thread_id_error (int id)
9488 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), id);
9491 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9492 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9493 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9494 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9495 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9496 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9499 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok, CORE_ADDR pc,
9500 char **cond_string, int *thread, int *task,
9503 *cond_string = NULL;
9510 const char *end_tok;
9512 const char *cond_start = NULL;
9513 const char *cond_end = NULL;
9515 tok = skip_spaces_const (tok);
9517 if ((*tok == '"' || *tok == ',') && rest)
9519 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9523 end_tok = skip_to_space_const (tok);
9525 toklen = end_tok - tok;
9527 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
9529 struct expression *expr;
9531 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
9532 expr = parse_exp_1 (&tok, pc, block_for_pc (pc), 0);
9535 *cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
9537 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
9542 *thread = strtol (tok, &tmptok, 0);
9544 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9545 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread))
9546 invalid_thread_id_error (*thread);
9549 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "task", toklen) == 0)
9554 *task = strtol (tok, &tmptok, 0);
9556 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9557 if (!valid_task_id (*task))
9558 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task);
9563 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9567 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9571 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9573 static struct symtabs_and_lines
9574 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p)
9576 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers = NULL;
9577 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
9578 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9579 char *p = &(*arg_p)[3];
9584 p = skip_spaces (p);
9586 endp = skip_to_space (p);
9588 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
9589 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, marker_str);
9591 markers = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str);
9592 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
9593 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str);
9595 sals.nelts = VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers);
9596 sals.sals = xmalloc (sizeof *sals.sals * sals.nelts);
9598 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
9600 struct static_tracepoint_marker *marker;
9602 marker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, i);
9604 init_sal (&sals.sals[i]);
9606 sals.sals[i] = find_pc_line (marker->address, 0);
9607 sals.sals[i].pc = marker->address;
9609 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker);
9612 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9618 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
9619 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
9620 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_ARG parameter. If
9621 non-zero, the function will parse ARG, extracting location,
9622 condition, thread and extra string. Otherwise, ARG is just the
9623 breakpoint's location, with condition, thread, and extra string
9624 specified by the COND_STRING, THREAD and EXTRA_STRING parameters.
9625 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be allocated
9626 from the internal breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint
9627 was created; false otherwise. */
9630 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9631 char *arg, char *cond_string,
9632 int thread, char *extra_string,
9634 int tempflag, enum bptype type_wanted,
9636 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support,
9637 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
9638 int from_tty, int enabled, int internal,
9641 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
9642 char *copy_arg = NULL;
9643 char *addr_start = arg;
9644 struct linespec_result canonical;
9645 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9646 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain = NULL;
9649 int prev_bkpt_count = breakpoint_count;
9651 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
9653 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
9655 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
9657 ops->create_sals_from_address (&arg, &canonical, type_wanted,
9658 addr_start, ©_arg);
9661 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
9665 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical.sals))
9671 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR:
9673 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9676 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE)
9677 throw_exception (e);
9679 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
9681 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9682 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9683 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9684 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9685 bptype_string (type_wanted)))
9688 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9689 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9690 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9691 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9693 struct linespec_sals lsal;
9695 copy_arg = xstrdup (addr_start);
9696 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (copy_arg);
9697 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
9698 lsal.sals.sals = XNEW (struct symtab_and_line);
9699 init_sal (&lsal.sals.sals[0]);
9701 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, &lsal);
9705 throw_exception (e);
9709 throw_exception (e);
9712 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
9713 old_chain = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
9715 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
9716 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
9717 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
9718 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
9719 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
9721 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9722 are ok for the target. */
9726 struct linespec_sals *iter;
9728 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
9729 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter->sals);
9732 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9733 if (!pending && type_wanted == bp_fast_tracepoint)
9736 struct linespec_sals *iter;
9738 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
9739 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch, &iter->sals);
9742 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9743 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9750 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
9752 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
9754 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9755 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9756 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9757 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9759 find_condition_and_thread (arg, lsal->sals.sals[0].pc, &cond_string,
9760 &thread, &task, &rest);
9762 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9764 make_cleanup (xfree, rest);
9766 extra_string = rest;
9771 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), arg);
9773 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9776 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
9777 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9779 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9782 extra_string = xstrdup (extra_string);
9783 make_cleanup (xfree, extra_string);
9787 ops->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, &canonical,
9788 cond_string, extra_string, type_wanted,
9789 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
9790 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
9791 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags);
9795 struct breakpoint *b;
9797 make_cleanup (xfree, copy_arg);
9799 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted))
9801 struct tracepoint *t;
9803 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
9807 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
9809 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, type_wanted, ops);
9811 b->addr_string = copy_arg;
9813 b->cond_string = NULL;
9816 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9819 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
9820 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9822 b->cond_string = cond_string;
9824 b->extra_string = NULL;
9825 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
9826 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
9827 b->condition_not_parsed = 1;
9828 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
9829 if ((type_wanted != bp_breakpoint
9830 && type_wanted != bp_hardware_breakpoint) || thread != -1)
9831 b->pspace = current_program_space;
9833 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
9836 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 1)
9838 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9839 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9840 prev_breakpoint_count = prev_bkpt_count;
9843 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
9845 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
9846 /* But cleanup everything else. */
9847 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9849 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
9850 update_global_location_list (1);
9855 /* Set a breakpoint.
9856 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9857 condition, and thread.
9858 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9859 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9863 break_command_1 (char *arg, int flag, int from_tty)
9865 int tempflag = flag & BP_TEMPFLAG;
9866 enum bptype type_wanted = (flag & BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9867 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9869 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
9870 const char *arg_cp = arg;
9872 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
9873 if (arg && probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp) != NULL)
9874 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
9876 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
9878 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9880 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
9881 tempflag, type_wanted,
9882 0 /* Ignore count */,
9883 pending_break_support,
9891 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9894 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
9898 if (sal->pc == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
9900 if (!find_line_pc (sal->symtab, sal->line, &pc))
9901 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9902 sal->line, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal->symtab));
9905 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9906 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9907 if (sal->explicit_line)
9908 skip_prologue_sal (sal);
9911 if (sal->section == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
9913 struct blockvector *bv;
9917 bv = blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, 0, &b, sal->symtab);
9920 sym = block_linkage_function (b);
9923 fixup_symbol_section (sym, sal->symtab->objfile);
9924 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sal->symtab->objfile, sym);
9928 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
9929 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
9930 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
9931 happen in assembly source). */
9933 struct bound_minimal_symbol msym;
9934 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
9936 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal->pspace);
9938 msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal->pc);
9940 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym.objfile, msym.minsym);
9942 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9949 break_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9951 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9955 tbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9957 break_command_1 (arg, BP_TEMPFLAG, from_tty);
9961 hbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9963 break_command_1 (arg, BP_HARDWAREFLAG, from_tty);
9967 thbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9969 break_command_1 (arg, (BP_TEMPFLAG | BP_HARDWAREFLAG), from_tty);
9973 stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9975 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
9976 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
9977 stop at <line>\n"));
9981 stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9985 if (arg == (char *) NULL)
9987 else if (*arg != '*')
9992 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
9993 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
9994 function/method name. */
9995 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
9997 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
10002 badInput = (*argptr != ':'); /* Not a class::method */
10004 badInput = isdigit (*arg); /* a simple line number */
10008 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
10010 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
10014 stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10018 if (arg == (char *) NULL || *arg == '*') /* no line number */
10022 char *argptr = arg;
10025 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
10026 it is probably a line number. */
10027 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
10029 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
10034 badInput = (*argptr == ':'); /* we have class::method */
10036 badInput = !isdigit (*arg); /* not a line number */
10040 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
10042 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
10045 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
10046 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
10047 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
10051 dprintf_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10053 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
10055 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
10057 0 /* Ignore count */,
10058 pending_break_support,
10059 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops,
10067 agent_printf_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10069 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
10072 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
10073 ranged breakpoints. */
10076 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
10077 struct address_space *aspace,
10079 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
10081 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
10082 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
10085 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
10086 bl->length, aspace, bp_addr);
10089 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10090 ranged breakpoints. */
10093 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10095 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10098 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10099 ranged breakpoints. */
10101 static enum print_stop_action
10102 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs)
10104 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10105 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10106 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10108 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
10110 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10111 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
10113 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
10114 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
10115 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
10117 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
10118 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10120 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
10121 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
10122 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
10124 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
10125 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
10127 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
10130 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
10131 ranged breakpoints. */
10134 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
10135 struct bp_location **last_loc)
10137 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10138 struct value_print_options opts;
10139 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10141 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10142 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
10144 get_user_print_options (&opts);
10146 if (opts.addressprint)
10147 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
10148 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
10149 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
10150 annotate_field (5);
10151 print_breakpoint_location (b, bl);
10155 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10156 ranged breakpoints. */
10159 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
10160 struct ui_out *uiout)
10162 CORE_ADDR address_start, address_end;
10163 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10164 struct ui_file *stb = mem_fileopen ();
10165 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
10169 address_start = bl->address;
10170 address_end = address_start + bl->length - 1;
10172 ui_out_text (uiout, "\taddress range: ");
10173 fprintf_unfiltered (stb, "[%s, %s]",
10174 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_start),
10175 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_end));
10176 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "addr", stb);
10177 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10179 do_cleanups (cleanup);
10182 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10183 ranged breakpoints. */
10186 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10188 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10189 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10192 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
10194 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10197 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
10198 b->number, paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
10199 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address + bl->length - 1));
10202 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10203 ranged breakpoints. */
10206 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10208 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break-range %s, %s", b->addr_string,
10209 b->addr_string_range_end);
10210 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10213 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
10215 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops;
10217 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
10218 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
10219 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
10220 last instruction of the given line. */
10223 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal)
10227 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
10228 find the address of the end of the given location. */
10229 if (sal.explicit_pc)
10236 ret = find_line_pc_range (sal, &start, &end);
10238 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10240 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
10247 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
10250 break_range_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10252 char *arg_start, *addr_string_start, *addr_string_end;
10253 struct linespec_result canonical_start, canonical_end;
10254 int bp_count, can_use_bp, length;
10256 struct breakpoint *b;
10257 struct symtab_and_line sal_start, sal_end;
10258 struct cleanup *cleanup_bkpt;
10259 struct linespec_sals *lsal_start, *lsal_end;
10261 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
10262 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
10263 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
10265 bp_count = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10266 bp_count += target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10267 can_use_bp = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
10269 if (can_use_bp < 0)
10270 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10272 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10273 if (arg == NULL || arg[0] == '\0')
10274 error(_("No address range specified."));
10276 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
10279 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg, &canonical_start);
10281 cleanup_bkpt = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
10284 error (_("Too few arguments."));
10285 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals))
10286 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
10288 lsal_start = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals, 0);
10290 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals) > 1
10291 || lsal_start->sals.nelts != 1)
10292 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10294 sal_start = lsal_start->sals.sals[0];
10295 addr_string_start = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
10296 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_start);
10298 arg++; /* Skip the comma. */
10299 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10301 /* Parse the end location. */
10303 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
10306 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
10307 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10308 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10309 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10310 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10311 decode_line_full (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
10312 sal_start.symtab, sal_start.line,
10313 &canonical_end, NULL, NULL);
10315 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
10317 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals))
10318 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10320 lsal_end = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals, 0);
10321 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals) > 1
10322 || lsal_end->sals.nelts != 1)
10323 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10325 sal_end = lsal_end->sals.sals[0];
10326 addr_string_end = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
10327 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_end);
10329 end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end);
10330 if (sal_start.pc > end)
10331 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10333 length = end - sal_start.pc + 1;
10335 /* Length overflowed. */
10336 error (_("Address range too large."));
10337 else if (length == 1)
10339 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10340 the `hbreak' command. */
10341 hbreak_command (addr_string_start, 1);
10343 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
10348 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10349 b = set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start,
10350 bp_hardware_breakpoint, &ranged_breakpoint_ops);
10351 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
10352 b->number = breakpoint_count;
10353 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
10354 b->addr_string = xstrdup (addr_string_start);
10355 b->addr_string_range_end = xstrdup (addr_string_end);
10356 b->loc->length = length;
10358 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
10361 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
10362 update_global_location_list (1);
10365 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10366 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10367 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10371 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression *exp)
10373 int i = exp->nelts;
10379 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10380 operator_length (exp, i, &oplenp, &argsp);
10383 switch (exp->elts[i].opcode)
10393 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND:
10394 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR:
10395 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND:
10396 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR:
10397 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR:
10399 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL:
10428 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING:
10431 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT:
10432 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT:
10437 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE:
10438 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST:
10439 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST:
10440 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10441 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10442 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10443 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10445 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10446 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10451 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10453 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10454 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10455 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10456 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10458 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10459 are always constant. */
10461 struct symbol *s = exp->elts[i + 2].symbol;
10463 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_BLOCK
10464 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST
10465 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST_BYTES)
10470 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10471 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10472 then it is not a constant. */
10481 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10484 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *self)
10486 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) self;
10488 xfree (w->cond_exp);
10490 xfree (w->exp_string);
10491 xfree (w->exp_string_reparse);
10492 value_free (w->val);
10494 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
10497 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10500 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10502 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10504 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10505 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10507 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10508 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10509 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10510 are loaded and unloaded.
10512 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10513 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10514 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10515 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10516 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10517 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10519 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10520 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10521 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10522 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10524 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10525 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10527 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10528 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10529 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
10532 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10535 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10537 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10538 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10540 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10544 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10547 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10549 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10550 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10552 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10557 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
10558 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
10559 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
10561 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
10562 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10564 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10565 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10566 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10567 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10568 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10569 (did not match the data address). */
10570 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
10571 && w->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_no)
10578 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10580 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at));
10582 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs);
10585 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10586 hardware watchpoints. */
10589 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10591 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10592 int length = w->exact? 1 : bl->length;
10594 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl->address, length);
10597 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10598 hardware watchpoints. */
10601 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10603 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10604 return b->type == bp_watchpoint || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint;
10607 static enum print_stop_action
10608 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10610 struct cleanup *old_chain;
10611 struct breakpoint *b;
10612 struct ui_file *stb;
10613 enum print_stop_action result;
10614 struct watchpoint *w;
10615 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10617 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
10619 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10620 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10622 stb = mem_fileopen ();
10623 old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
10627 case bp_watchpoint:
10628 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10629 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10630 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10631 ui_out_field_string
10633 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10635 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10636 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
10637 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb);
10638 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
10639 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
10640 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10641 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
10642 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10643 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10644 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10647 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10648 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10649 ui_out_field_string
10651 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10653 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10654 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
10655 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10656 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "value", stb);
10657 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10658 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10661 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10662 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
10664 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10665 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10666 ui_out_field_string
10668 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10670 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10671 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
10672 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb);
10673 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
10674 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
10679 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10680 ui_out_field_string
10682 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10683 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10684 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
10686 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10687 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
10688 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10689 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10692 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10695 do_cleanups (old_chain);
10699 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10703 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10705 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
10706 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10707 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10711 case bp_watchpoint:
10712 ui_out_text (uiout, "Watchpoint ");
10713 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10715 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10716 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware watchpoint ");
10717 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10719 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10720 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
10721 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
10723 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10724 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10725 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
10728 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10729 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10732 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
10733 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
10734 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
10735 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
10738 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10742 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10744 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10748 case bp_watchpoint:
10749 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10750 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
10752 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10753 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
10755 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10756 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
10759 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10760 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10763 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", w->exp_string);
10764 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10767 /* Implement the "explains_signal" breakpoint_ops method for
10770 static enum bpstat_signal_value
10771 explains_signal_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, enum gdb_signal sig)
10773 /* A software watchpoint cannot cause a signal other than
10774 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
10775 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
10776 return BPSTAT_SIGNAL_NO;
10778 return BPSTAT_SIGNAL_HIDE;
10781 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10783 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10785 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10786 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10789 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10791 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10793 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
10794 bl->watchpoint_type);
10797 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10798 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10801 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10803 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10805 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
10806 bl->watchpoint_type);
10809 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10810 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10813 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10815 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10817 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask);
10820 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10821 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10824 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10829 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10830 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10832 static enum print_stop_action
10833 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10835 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10836 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10838 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10839 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
10843 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10844 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10845 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10846 ui_out_field_string
10848 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10851 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10852 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10853 ui_out_field_string
10855 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10858 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10859 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10860 ui_out_field_string
10862 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10865 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10866 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10870 ui_out_text (uiout, _("\n\
10871 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10872 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10873 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10875 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10876 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10879 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10880 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10883 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
10884 struct ui_out *uiout)
10886 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10888 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10889 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
10891 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmask ");
10892 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "mask", b->loc->gdbarch, w->hw_wp_mask);
10893 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10896 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10897 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10900 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10902 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10903 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10904 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
10908 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10909 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
10910 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10912 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10913 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
10914 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
10916 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10917 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10918 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
10921 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10922 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10925 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
10926 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
10927 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
10928 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
10931 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10932 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10935 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10937 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10942 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10943 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
10945 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10946 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
10948 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10949 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
10952 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10953 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10956 sprintf_vma (tmp, w->hw_wp_mask);
10957 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s mask 0x%s", w->exp_string, tmp);
10958 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10961 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
10963 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10965 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
10968 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10970 return b->ops == &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10973 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
10974 hw_read: watch read,
10975 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
10977 watch_command_1 (const char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty,
10978 int just_location, int internal)
10980 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
10981 struct breakpoint *b, *scope_breakpoint = NULL;
10982 struct expression *exp;
10983 const struct block *exp_valid_block = NULL, *cond_exp_valid_block = NULL;
10984 struct value *val, *mark, *result;
10985 struct frame_info *frame;
10986 const char *exp_start = NULL;
10987 const char *exp_end = NULL;
10988 const char *tok, *end_tok;
10990 const char *cond_start = NULL;
10991 const char *cond_end = NULL;
10992 enum bptype bp_type;
10995 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
10996 the hardware watchpoint. */
10998 CORE_ADDR mask = 0;
10999 struct watchpoint *w;
11001 struct cleanup *back_to;
11003 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
11004 if (arg != NULL && arg[0] != '\0')
11006 const char *value_start;
11008 exp_end = arg + strlen (arg);
11010 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
11011 of the arguments string. */
11012 for (tok = exp_end - 1; tok > arg; tok--)
11014 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
11015 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
11018 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
11019 This is the value of the parameter. */
11020 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
11022 value_start = tok + 1;
11024 /* Skip whitespace. */
11025 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
11030 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
11031 This is the parameter itself. */
11032 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
11035 toklen = end_tok - tok + 1;
11037 if (toklen == 6 && !strncmp (tok, "thread", 6))
11039 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
11040 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
11041 only in a specific thread. */
11045 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
11047 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
11048 thread = strtol (value_start, &endp, 0);
11050 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
11052 if (*endp != ' ' && *endp != '\t' && *endp != '\0')
11053 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start);
11055 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
11056 if (!valid_thread_id (thread))
11057 invalid_thread_id_error (thread);
11059 else if (toklen == 4 && !strncmp (tok, "mask", 4))
11061 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
11062 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
11064 struct value *mask_value, *mark;
11067 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
11069 use_mask = just_location = 1;
11071 mark = value_mark ();
11072 mask_value = parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start);
11073 mask = value_as_address (mask_value);
11074 value_free_to_mark (mark);
11077 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
11080 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
11081 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
11088 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
11089 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
11091 innermost_block = NULL;
11092 expression = savestring (arg, exp_end - arg);
11093 back_to = make_cleanup (xfree, expression);
11094 exp_start = arg = expression;
11095 exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
11097 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
11098 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
11100 while (exp_end > exp_start && (exp_end[-1] == ' ' || exp_end[-1] == '\t'))
11103 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
11104 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp))
11108 len = exp_end - exp_start;
11109 while (len > 0 && isspace (exp_start[len - 1]))
11111 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len, exp_start);
11114 exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
11115 mark = value_mark ();
11116 fetch_subexp_value (exp, &pc, &val, &result, NULL, just_location);
11122 exp_valid_block = NULL;
11123 val = value_addr (result);
11124 release_value (val);
11125 value_free_to_mark (mark);
11129 ret = target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val),
11132 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
11133 else if (ret == -2)
11134 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
11137 else if (val != NULL)
11138 release_value (val);
11140 tok = skip_spaces_const (arg);
11141 end_tok = skip_to_space_const (tok);
11143 toklen = end_tok - tok;
11144 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
11146 struct expression *cond;
11148 innermost_block = NULL;
11149 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
11150 cond = parse_exp_1 (&tok, 0, 0, 0);
11152 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
11153 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
11154 cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
11160 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
11162 frame = block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block);
11164 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
11165 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
11166 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
11167 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
11168 if (exp_valid_block && frame)
11170 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame)))
11173 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
11174 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame),
11175 bp_watchpoint_scope,
11176 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
11178 scope_breakpoint->enable_state = bp_enabled;
11180 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
11181 scope_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del;
11183 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
11184 scope_breakpoint->frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
11186 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
11187 scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch
11188 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame);
11189 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address
11190 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
11191 scope_breakpoint->loc->address
11192 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch,
11193 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address,
11194 scope_breakpoint->type);
11198 /* Now set up the breakpoint. We create all watchpoints as hardware
11199 watchpoints here even if hardware watchpoints are turned off, a call
11200 to update_watchpoint later in this function will cause the type to
11201 drop back to bp_watchpoint (software watchpoint) if required. */
11203 if (accessflag == hw_read)
11204 bp_type = bp_read_watchpoint;
11205 else if (accessflag == hw_access)
11206 bp_type = bp_access_watchpoint;
11208 bp_type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
11210 w = XCNEW (struct watchpoint);
11213 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
11214 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
11216 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
11217 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
11218 b->thread = thread;
11219 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
11220 b->pspace = current_program_space;
11222 w->exp_valid_block = exp_valid_block;
11223 w->cond_exp_valid_block = cond_exp_valid_block;
11226 struct type *t = value_type (val);
11227 CORE_ADDR addr = value_as_address (val);
11230 t = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t)));
11231 name = type_to_string (t);
11233 w->exp_string_reparse = xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name,
11234 core_addr_to_string (addr));
11237 w->exp_string = xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
11238 (int) (exp_end - exp_start), exp_start);
11240 /* The above expression is in C. */
11241 b->language = language_c;
11244 w->exp_string = savestring (exp_start, exp_end - exp_start);
11248 w->hw_wp_mask = mask;
11257 b->cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
11259 b->cond_string = 0;
11263 w->watchpoint_frame = get_frame_id (frame);
11264 w->watchpoint_thread = inferior_ptid;
11268 w->watchpoint_frame = null_frame_id;
11269 w->watchpoint_thread = null_ptid;
11272 if (scope_breakpoint != NULL)
11274 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
11275 need to act on them together. */
11276 b->related_breakpoint = scope_breakpoint;
11277 scope_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b;
11280 if (!just_location)
11281 value_free_to_mark (mark);
11283 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
11285 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
11286 that should be inserted. */
11287 update_watchpoint (w, 1);
11291 delete_breakpoint (b);
11292 throw_exception (e);
11295 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 1);
11296 do_cleanups (back_to);
11299 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
11300 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
11303 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *v)
11305 int found_memory_cnt = 0;
11306 struct value *head = v;
11308 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
11309 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
11312 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
11313 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
11314 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
11315 hardware watchpoint.
11317 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
11318 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
11319 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
11320 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
11321 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
11322 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
11323 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
11324 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
11325 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
11327 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
11328 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
11329 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
11330 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
11331 for (; v; v = value_next (v))
11333 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory)
11335 if (v != head && value_lazy (v))
11336 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
11337 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
11338 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
11339 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
11340 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
11344 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
11345 it with hardware watchpoints. */
11346 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
11348 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
11349 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
11350 middle of some value chain. */
11352 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
11353 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
11355 CORE_ADDR vaddr = value_address (v);
11359 len = (target_exact_watchpoints
11360 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype))?
11361 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
11363 num_regs = target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr, len);
11367 found_memory_cnt += num_regs;
11371 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) != not_lval
11372 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v) == 0)
11373 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11374 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_register)
11375 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11378 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11379 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11380 return found_memory_cnt;
11384 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11386 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_write, from_tty, 0, internal);
11389 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11390 calls watch_command_1. */
11393 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty)
11395 int just_location = 0;
11398 && (check_for_argument (&arg, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
11399 || check_for_argument (&arg, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
11401 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11405 watch_command_1 (arg, accessflag, from_tty, just_location, 0);
11409 watch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11411 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_write, from_tty);
11415 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11417 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_read, from_tty, 0, internal);
11421 rwatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11423 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_read, from_tty);
11427 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11429 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_access, from_tty, 0, internal);
11433 awatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11435 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_access, from_tty);
11439 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
11440 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
11442 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
11444 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
11445 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2;
11449 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
11450 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
11451 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
11454 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg, int err)
11456 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *a = arg;
11458 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint);
11459 if (a->breakpoint2)
11460 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint2);
11461 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a->thread_num);
11465 until_break_command (char *arg, int from_tty, int anywhere)
11467 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
11468 struct symtab_and_line sal;
11469 struct frame_info *frame;
11470 struct gdbarch *frame_gdbarch;
11471 struct frame_id stack_frame_id;
11472 struct frame_id caller_frame_id;
11473 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
11474 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2 = NULL;
11475 struct cleanup *old_chain;
11477 struct thread_info *tp;
11479 clear_proceed_status ();
11481 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11484 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
11485 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
11486 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11487 get_last_displayed_line ());
11489 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
11490 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0);
11492 if (sals.nelts != 1)
11493 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11495 sal = sals.sals[0];
11496 xfree (sals.sals); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
11499 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11501 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
11503 tp = inferior_thread ();
11506 old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
11508 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11509 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11510 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11513 frame = get_selected_frame (NULL);
11514 frame_gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
11515 stack_frame_id = get_stack_frame_id (frame);
11516 caller_frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
11518 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11521 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id))
11523 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
11525 sal2 = find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame), 0);
11526 sal2.pc = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
11527 breakpoint2 = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
11531 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2);
11533 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp, caller_frame_id);
11534 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup, &thread);
11537 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11541 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11542 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11543 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11544 null_frame_id, bp_until);
11546 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11547 only at the very same frame. */
11548 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11549 stack_frame_id, bp_until);
11550 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint);
11552 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT, 0);
11554 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
11555 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
11556 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
11557 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
11559 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid))
11561 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *args;
11562 args = xmalloc (sizeof (*args));
11564 args->breakpoint = breakpoint;
11565 args->breakpoint2 = breakpoint2;
11566 args->thread_num = thread;
11568 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
11569 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
11570 until_break_command_continuation, args,
11574 do_cleanups (old_chain);
11577 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11578 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11580 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11581 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11582 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11583 if clause in the arg string. */
11586 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg)
11590 if (((*arg)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg)[2]))
11593 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11596 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11597 condition string. */
11598 *arg = skip_spaces (*arg);
11599 cond_string = *arg;
11601 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11603 (*arg) += strlen (cond_string);
11605 return cond_string;
11608 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11609 process start/exit, etc. */
11613 catch_fork_temporary, catch_vfork_temporary,
11614 catch_fork_permanent, catch_vfork_permanent
11619 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11620 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11622 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11623 char *cond_string = NULL;
11624 catch_fork_kind fork_kind;
11627 fork_kind = (catch_fork_kind) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command);
11628 tempflag = (fork_kind == catch_fork_temporary
11629 || fork_kind == catch_vfork_temporary);
11633 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11635 /* The allowed syntax is:
11637 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11639 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11640 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11642 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11643 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11645 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11646 and enable reporting of such events. */
11649 case catch_fork_temporary:
11650 case catch_fork_permanent:
11651 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11652 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops);
11654 case catch_vfork_temporary:
11655 case catch_vfork_permanent:
11656 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11657 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops);
11660 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11666 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11667 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11669 struct exec_catchpoint *c;
11670 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11672 char *cond_string = NULL;
11674 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11678 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11680 /* The allowed syntax is:
11682 catch exec if <cond>
11684 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11685 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11687 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11688 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11690 c = XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint);
11691 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11692 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops);
11693 c->exec_pathname = NULL;
11695 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
11699 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
11700 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
11701 struct symtab_and_line sal,
11703 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
11710 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
11712 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
11714 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
11715 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, -1);
11716 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11717 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11718 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11719 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11720 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11721 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11722 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11723 enough for now, though. */
11726 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_breakpoint, ops);
11728 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
11729 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
11730 b->addr_string = addr_string;
11731 b->language = language_ada;
11734 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
11735 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
11737 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg)
11739 VEC(int) *result = NULL;
11740 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (int), &result);
11742 while (*arg != '\0')
11744 int i, syscall_number;
11746 char cur_name[128];
11749 /* Skip whitespace. */
11750 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11752 for (i = 0; i < 127 && arg[i] && !isspace (arg[i]); ++i)
11753 cur_name[i] = arg[i];
11754 cur_name[i] = '\0';
11757 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
11758 syscall_number = (int) strtol (cur_name, &endptr, 0);
11759 if (*endptr == '\0')
11760 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number, &s);
11763 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
11765 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name, &s);
11767 if (s.number == UNKNOWN_SYSCALL)
11768 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
11769 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
11770 syscall number to be caught. */
11771 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name);
11774 /* Ok, it's valid. */
11775 VEC_safe_push (int, result, s.number);
11778 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
11782 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
11785 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11786 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11791 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11793 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
11794 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch) == 0)
11795 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
11796 this architecture yet."));
11798 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11800 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11802 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
11803 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
11804 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
11805 for his/her architecture. */
11806 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s);
11808 /* The allowed syntax is:
11810 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
11812 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
11815 filter = catch_syscall_split_args (arg);
11819 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag, filter,
11820 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
11824 catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11826 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11831 tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11833 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11836 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
11839 compare_breakpoints (const void *a, const void *b)
11841 const breakpoint_p *ba = a;
11842 uintptr_t ua = (uintptr_t) *ba;
11843 const breakpoint_p *bb = b;
11844 uintptr_t ub = (uintptr_t) *bb;
11846 if ((*ba)->number < (*bb)->number)
11848 else if ((*ba)->number > (*bb)->number)
11851 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11855 return ua > ub ? 1 : 0;
11858 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11861 clear_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11863 struct breakpoint *b, *prev;
11864 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
11867 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
11868 struct symtab_and_line sal;
11870 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
11874 sals = decode_line_with_current_source (arg,
11875 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11876 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE));
11877 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
11882 sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
11883 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
11884 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
11885 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
11887 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11888 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
11889 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
11890 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
11891 if (sal.symtab == 0)
11892 error (_("No source file specified."));
11894 sals.sals[0] = sal;
11900 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
11901 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
11902 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
11903 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
11905 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
11906 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
11907 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
11908 due to optimization, all in one block.
11910 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
11911 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
11912 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
11913 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
11914 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
11915 to support that. */
11917 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
11918 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
11919 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
11923 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p), &found);
11924 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
11926 const char *sal_fullname;
11928 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
11929 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
11930 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
11933 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
11938 1 0 <can't happen> */
11940 sal = sals.sals[i];
11941 sal_fullname = (sal.symtab == NULL
11942 ? NULL : symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab));
11944 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
11945 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11948 /* Are we going to delete b? */
11949 if (b->type != bp_none && !is_watchpoint (b))
11951 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
11952 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
11954 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
11955 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
11956 int pc_match = (!sal.explicit_line
11958 && (loc->pspace == sal.pspace)
11959 && (loc->address == sal.pc)
11960 && (!section_is_overlay (loc->section)
11961 || loc->section == sal.section));
11962 int line_match = 0;
11964 if ((default_match || sal.explicit_line)
11965 && loc->symtab != NULL
11966 && sal_fullname != NULL
11967 && sal.pspace == loc->pspace
11968 && loc->line_number == sal.line
11969 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc->symtab),
11970 sal_fullname) == 0)
11973 if (pc_match || line_match)
11982 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
11986 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
11987 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p, found))
11990 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg);
11992 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
11995 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
11996 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p, found),
11997 VEC_length (breakpoint_p, found),
11998 sizeof (breakpoint_p),
11999 compare_breakpoints);
12000 prev = VEC_index (breakpoint_p, found, 0);
12001 for (ix = 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ++ix)
12005 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p, found, ix);
12010 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) > 1)
12011 from_tty = 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
12014 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) == 1)
12015 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
12017 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
12020 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ix++)
12023 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b->number);
12024 delete_breakpoint (b);
12027 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
12029 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12032 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
12033 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
12034 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
12037 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs)
12039 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
12041 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
12042 if (bs->breakpoint_at
12043 && bs->breakpoint_at->disposition == disp_del
12045 delete_breakpoint (bs->breakpoint_at);
12047 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
12049 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
12050 delete_breakpoint (b);
12054 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
12055 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
12056 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
12057 secondarily by ordering first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and
12058 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
12059 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
12062 bp_location_compare (const void *ap, const void *bp)
12064 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
12065 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
12066 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */
12067 int a_perm = a->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
12068 int b_perm = b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
12070 if (a->address != b->address)
12071 return (a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address);
12073 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
12074 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
12077 if (a->pspace->num != b->pspace->num)
12078 return ((a->pspace->num > b->pspace->num)
12079 - (a->pspace->num < b->pspace->num));
12081 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
12082 if (a_perm != b_perm)
12083 return (a_perm < b_perm) - (a_perm > b_perm);
12085 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
12086 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
12087 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
12089 if (a->owner->number != b->owner->number)
12090 return ((a->owner->number > b->owner->number)
12091 - (a->owner->number < b->owner->number));
12093 return (a > b) - (a < b);
12096 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
12097 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
12098 content of the bp_location array. */
12101 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
12103 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
12105 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = 0;
12106 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = 0;
12108 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
12110 CORE_ADDR start, end, addr;
12112 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
12115 start = bl->target_info.placed_address;
12116 end = start + bl->target_info.shadow_len;
12118 gdb_assert (bl->address >= start);
12119 addr = bl->address - start;
12120 if (addr > bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
12121 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = addr;
12123 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
12125 gdb_assert (bl->address < end);
12126 addr = end - bl->address;
12127 if (addr > bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max)
12128 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = addr;
12132 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
12135 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
12137 struct breakpoint *b;
12138 struct cleanup *old_chain;
12140 if (!target_can_download_tracepoint ())
12143 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
12145 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
12147 struct bp_location *bl;
12148 struct tracepoint *t;
12149 int bp_location_downloaded = 0;
12151 if ((b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint
12152 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
12153 : !may_insert_tracepoints))
12156 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
12158 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
12159 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
12160 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
12161 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
12164 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
12166 target_download_tracepoint (bl);
12169 bp_location_downloaded = 1;
12171 t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
12172 t->number_on_target = b->number;
12173 if (bp_location_downloaded)
12174 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
12177 do_cleanups (old_chain);
12180 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
12183 swap_insertion (struct bp_location *left, struct bp_location *right)
12185 const int left_inserted = left->inserted;
12186 const int left_duplicate = left->duplicate;
12187 const int left_needs_update = left->needs_update;
12188 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info = left->target_info;
12190 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
12191 if (is_tracepoint (left->owner))
12192 gdb_assert (!left->duplicate);
12193 if (is_tracepoint (right->owner))
12194 gdb_assert (!right->duplicate);
12196 left->inserted = right->inserted;
12197 left->duplicate = right->duplicate;
12198 left->needs_update = right->needs_update;
12199 left->target_info = right->target_info;
12200 right->inserted = left_inserted;
12201 right->duplicate = left_duplicate;
12202 right->needs_update = left_needs_update;
12203 right->target_info = left_target_info;
12206 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
12207 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
12208 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
12212 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location *bl)
12214 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
12215 struct bp_location *loc;
12216 CORE_ADDR address = 0;
12219 address = bl->address;
12220 pspace_num = bl->pspace->num;
12222 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
12223 evaluating conditions and if the user has
12224 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
12226 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
12227 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
12230 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
12231 the same program space as the location
12232 as "its condition has changed". We need to
12233 update the conditions on the target's side. */
12234 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, address)
12238 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
12239 || pspace_num != loc->pspace->num)
12242 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
12243 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
12244 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
12245 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
12246 that have already been marked. */
12247 loc->condition_changed = condition_updated;
12249 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
12251 if (loc->cond_bytecode)
12253 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
12254 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
12259 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
12260 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
12261 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
12262 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
12263 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
12264 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
12265 returns true on them.
12267 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
12268 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
12269 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
12270 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
12271 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
12272 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
12275 update_global_location_list (int should_insert)
12277 struct breakpoint *b;
12278 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
12279 struct cleanup *cleanups;
12280 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
12281 CORE_ADDR last_addr = 0;
12282 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
12283 int last_pspace_num = -1;
12285 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
12286 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
12287 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
12288 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
12289 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
12291 struct bp_location *bp_loc_first; /* breakpoint */
12292 struct bp_location *wp_loc_first; /* hardware watchpoint */
12293 struct bp_location *awp_loc_first; /* access watchpoint */
12294 struct bp_location *rwp_loc_first; /* read watchpoint */
12296 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
12297 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
12298 struct bp_location **old_location, **old_locp;
12299 unsigned old_location_count;
12301 old_location = bp_location;
12302 old_location_count = bp_location_count;
12303 bp_location = NULL;
12304 bp_location_count = 0;
12305 cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, old_location);
12307 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12308 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
12309 bp_location_count++;
12311 bp_location = xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location) * bp_location_count);
12312 locp = bp_location;
12313 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12314 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
12316 qsort (bp_location, bp_location_count, sizeof (*bp_location),
12317 bp_location_compare);
12319 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
12321 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
12322 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
12323 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
12324 if there's another location at the same address (previously
12325 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
12328 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
12329 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
12331 locp = bp_location;
12332 for (old_locp = old_location; old_locp < old_location + old_location_count;
12335 struct bp_location *old_loc = *old_locp;
12336 struct bp_location **loc2p;
12338 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
12339 not, we have to free it. */
12340 int found_object = 0;
12341 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
12342 int keep_in_target = 0;
12345 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
12346 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
12347 while (locp < bp_location + bp_location_count
12348 && (*locp)->address < old_loc->address)
12352 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
12353 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
12356 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
12357 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
12358 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
12360 if ((*loc2p)->condition_changed == condition_modified
12361 && (last_addr != old_loc->address
12362 || last_pspace_num != old_loc->pspace->num))
12364 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p);
12365 last_pspace_num = old_loc->pspace->num;
12368 if (*loc2p == old_loc)
12372 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12373 have to go through updates again. */
12374 last_addr = old_loc->address;
12376 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12378 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc);
12380 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12381 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12382 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12383 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12384 at certain location is not inserted. */
12386 if (old_loc->inserted)
12388 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12391 if (found_object && should_be_inserted (old_loc))
12393 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12394 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12395 keep_in_target = 1;
12399 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12400 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12401 remove its target-side condition. */
12403 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12404 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12405 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12406 this one from the target. */
12408 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12409 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner))
12412 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
12413 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
12416 struct bp_location *loc2 = *loc2p;
12418 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2, old_loc))
12420 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12421 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12422 supported, but the latter are. */
12423 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
12425 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner));
12426 loc2->watchpoint_type = old_loc->watchpoint_type;
12429 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12430 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12432 if (loc2 != old_loc
12433 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2))
12435 swap_insertion (old_loc, loc2);
12436 keep_in_target = 1;
12444 if (!keep_in_target)
12446 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc, mark_uninserted))
12448 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12449 this location on the global list, and try to
12450 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12451 reason why we will succeed next time.
12453 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12454 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12455 only after calling us. */
12456 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12457 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12458 old_loc->owner->number);
12466 if (removed && non_stop
12467 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner)
12468 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
12470 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12471 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12472 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12473 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12474 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12475 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12476 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12477 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12478 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12479 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12480 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12481 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12482 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12483 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12486 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12487 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12489 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12490 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12491 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12492 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12493 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12494 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12495 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12496 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12497 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12498 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12499 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12500 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12501 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12504 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12505 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12506 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12507 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12509 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12510 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12511 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12512 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12513 traps we can no longer explain. */
12515 old_loc->events_till_retirement = 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12516 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12518 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, old_loc);
12522 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12523 decref_bp_location (&old_loc);
12528 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12529 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12530 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12531 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12532 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12533 are sorted first for the same address.
12535 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12536 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12538 bp_loc_first = NULL;
12539 wp_loc_first = NULL;
12540 awp_loc_first = NULL;
12541 rwp_loc_first = NULL;
12542 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
12544 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12546 struct bp_location **loc_first_p;
12549 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc)
12550 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b)
12551 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12552 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12553 `struct bp_location'. */
12554 || is_tracepoint (b))
12556 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12557 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12561 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
12562 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent && ! loc->inserted)
12563 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12564 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
12565 "actually inserted"));
12567 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
12568 loc_first_p = &wp_loc_first;
12569 else if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
12570 loc_first_p = &rwp_loc_first;
12571 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
12572 loc_first_p = &awp_loc_first;
12574 loc_first_p = &bp_loc_first;
12576 if (*loc_first_p == NULL
12577 || (overlay_debugging && loc->section != (*loc_first_p)->section)
12578 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc, *loc_first_p))
12580 *loc_first_p = loc;
12581 loc->duplicate = 0;
12583 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->condition_changed)
12585 loc->needs_update = 1;
12586 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12587 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12593 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12594 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12595 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12597 swap_insertion (loc, *loc_first_p);
12598 loc->duplicate = 1;
12600 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12601 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12603 if ((*loc_first_p)->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent && loc->inserted
12604 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
12605 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12606 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
12607 "a permanent breakpoint"));
12610 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ()
12611 && (have_live_inferiors ()
12612 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))))
12615 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12618 /* Though should_insert is false, we may need to update conditions
12619 on the target's side if it is evaluating such conditions. We
12620 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12622 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12627 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12629 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12633 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12635 struct bp_location *loc;
12638 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
12639 if (--(loc->events_till_retirement) == 0)
12641 decref_bp_location (&loc);
12642 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix);
12648 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting)
12650 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
12652 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
12653 update_global_location_list (inserting);
12656 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12659 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps, struct breakpoint *bpt)
12663 for (bs = bps; bs; bs = bs->next)
12664 if (bs->breakpoint_at == bpt)
12666 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
12667 bs->old_val = NULL;
12668 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12672 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12674 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info *th, void *data)
12676 struct breakpoint *bpt = data;
12678 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th->control.stop_bpstat, bpt);
12682 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12686 say_where (struct breakpoint *b)
12688 struct value_print_options opts;
12690 get_user_print_options (&opts);
12692 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12694 if (b->loc == NULL)
12696 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b->addr_string);
12700 if (opts.addressprint || b->loc->symtab == NULL)
12702 printf_filtered (" at ");
12703 fputs_filtered (paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address),
12706 if (b->loc->symtab != NULL)
12708 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12710 if (b->loc->next == NULL)
12711 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
12712 symtab_to_filename_for_display (b->loc->symtab),
12713 b->loc->line_number);
12715 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12716 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12717 real situation somewhat. */
12718 printf_filtered (": %s.", b->addr_string);
12723 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
12725 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
12727 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n);
12732 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
12735 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location *self)
12737 xfree (self->cond);
12738 if (self->cond_bytecode)
12739 free_agent_expr (self->cond_bytecode);
12740 xfree (self->function_name);
12743 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops =
12748 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
12752 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
12754 decref_counted_command_line (&self->commands);
12755 xfree (self->cond_string);
12756 xfree (self->extra_string);
12757 xfree (self->addr_string);
12758 xfree (self->filter);
12759 xfree (self->addr_string_range_end);
12762 static struct bp_location *
12763 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint *self)
12765 struct bp_location *loc;
12767 loc = XNEW (struct bp_location);
12768 init_bp_location (loc, &bp_location_ops, self);
12773 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12775 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12778 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12779 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12782 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12784 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12788 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12790 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12794 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12795 struct address_space *aspace,
12797 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12799 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12803 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs)
12808 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12812 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint *b)
12814 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12817 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12821 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
12823 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12826 static enum print_stop_action
12827 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs)
12829 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12833 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
12834 struct ui_out *uiout)
12840 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12842 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12846 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
12848 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12852 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
12853 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12854 enum bptype type_wanted,
12858 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12862 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12863 struct linespec_result *c,
12865 char *extra_string,
12866 enum bptype type_wanted,
12867 enum bpdisp disposition,
12869 int task, int ignore_count,
12870 const struct breakpoint_ops *o,
12871 int from_tty, int enabled,
12872 int internal, unsigned flags)
12874 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12878 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
12879 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
12881 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12884 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
12886 static enum bpstat_signal_value
12887 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint *b, enum gdb_signal sig)
12889 return BPSTAT_SIGNAL_HIDE;
12892 /* The default "after_condition_true" method. */
12895 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true (struct bpstats *bs)
12897 /* Nothing to do. */
12900 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops =
12902 base_breakpoint_dtor,
12903 base_breakpoint_allocate_location,
12904 base_breakpoint_re_set,
12905 base_breakpoint_insert_location,
12906 base_breakpoint_remove_location,
12907 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit,
12908 base_breakpoint_check_status,
12909 base_breakpoint_resources_needed,
12910 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode,
12911 base_breakpoint_print_it,
12913 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail,
12914 base_breakpoint_print_mention,
12915 base_breakpoint_print_recreate,
12916 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address,
12917 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal,
12918 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec,
12919 base_breakpoint_explains_signal,
12920 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true,
12923 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
12926 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12928 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
12929 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
12931 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
12932 delete_breakpoint (b);
12936 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
12940 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12942 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
12943 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
12946 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
12951 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12953 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
12954 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
12956 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
12960 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12961 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
12962 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12964 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
12965 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
12968 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
12972 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
12973 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
12974 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
12981 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
12983 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
12988 static enum print_stop_action
12989 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
12991 struct breakpoint *b;
12992 const struct bp_location *bl;
12994 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
12996 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
12998 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
12999 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13001 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
13002 if (bl->address != bl->requested_address)
13003 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl->requested_address,
13006 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
13008 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
13010 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nBreakpoint ");
13011 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
13013 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
13014 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
13015 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
13017 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
13018 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
13020 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
13024 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13026 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
13031 case bp_breakpoint:
13032 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
13033 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
13034 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
13036 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
13037 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13038 if (b->type == bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver)
13039 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
13041 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
13042 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b->number);
13045 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b->number);
13053 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
13055 if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint && tp->disposition == disp_del)
13056 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "tbreak");
13057 else if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint)
13058 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break");
13059 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
13060 && tp->disposition == disp_del)
13061 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "thbreak");
13062 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
13063 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "hbreak");
13065 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13066 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp->type);
13068 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", tp->addr_string);
13069 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
13073 bkpt_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13074 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13075 enum bptype type_wanted,
13076 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13078 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13079 addr_start, copy_arg);
13083 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13084 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13086 char *extra_string,
13087 enum bptype type_wanted,
13088 enum bpdisp disposition,
13090 int task, int ignore_count,
13091 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13092 int from_tty, int enabled,
13093 int internal, unsigned flags)
13095 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical,
13096 cond_string, extra_string,
13098 disposition, thread, task,
13099 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13100 enabled, internal, flags);
13104 bkpt_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13105 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13107 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
13110 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
13113 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13117 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
13118 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
13119 case bp_overlay_event:
13120 case bp_longjmp_master:
13121 case bp_std_terminate_master:
13122 case bp_exception_master:
13123 delete_breakpoint (b);
13126 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
13127 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
13128 case bp_shlib_event:
13130 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
13131 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
13132 case bp_thread_event:
13138 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
13140 if (bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
13142 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
13143 events. This allows the user to get control and place
13144 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
13145 objects (among other things). */
13146 bs->stop = stop_on_solib_events;
13147 bs->print = stop_on_solib_events;
13153 static enum print_stop_action
13154 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13156 struct breakpoint *b;
13158 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13162 case bp_shlib_event:
13163 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
13164 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
13165 to shlib event" message.) */
13166 print_solib_event (0);
13169 case bp_thread_event:
13170 /* Not sure how we will get here.
13171 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
13172 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13175 case bp_overlay_event:
13176 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
13177 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13180 case bp_longjmp_master:
13181 /* These should never be enabled. */
13182 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13185 case bp_std_terminate_master:
13186 /* These should never be enabled. */
13187 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
13188 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13191 case bp_exception_master:
13192 /* These should never be enabled. */
13193 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
13194 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13198 return PRINT_NOTHING;
13202 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13204 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13207 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
13210 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13212 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
13213 over a dlopen call and solib_add is resetting the breakpoints.
13214 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
13215 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
13219 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
13221 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
13224 static enum print_stop_action
13225 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13227 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13229 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
13231 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13236 ui_out_field_string
13238 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED));
13242 ui_out_field_string
13244 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED));
13249 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
13253 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13255 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13258 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
13260 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
13261 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
13264 longjmp_bkpt_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
13266 struct thread_info *tp = find_thread_id (self->thread);
13269 tp->initiating_frame = null_frame_id;
13271 momentary_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
13274 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
13277 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13279 int v = bkpt_insert_location (bl);
13283 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
13285 bl->probe->pops->set_semaphore (bl->probe, bl->gdbarch);
13292 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13294 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
13295 bl->probe->pops->clear_semaphore (bl->probe, bl->gdbarch);
13297 return bkpt_remove_location (bl);
13301 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13302 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13303 enum bptype type_wanted,
13304 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13306 struct linespec_sals lsal;
13308 lsal.sals = parse_probes (arg, canonical);
13310 *copy_arg = xstrdup (canonical->addr_string);
13311 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13313 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
13317 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13318 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13320 *sals = parse_probes (s, NULL);
13322 error (_("probe not found"));
13325 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
13328 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13330 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
13334 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
13335 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
13336 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
13338 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
13344 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
13345 struct ui_out *uiout)
13347 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
13348 if (tp->static_trace_marker_id)
13350 gdb_assert (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint);
13352 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmarker id is ");
13353 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
13354 tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13355 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
13360 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13362 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
13367 case bp_tracepoint:
13368 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13369 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13371 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
13372 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13373 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13375 case bp_static_tracepoint:
13376 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13377 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13380 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13381 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b->type);
13388 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *self, struct ui_file *fp)
13390 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
13392 if (self->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
13393 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "ftrace");
13394 if (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
13395 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "strace");
13396 else if (self->type == bp_tracepoint)
13397 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "trace");
13399 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13400 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self->type);
13402 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->addr_string);
13403 print_recreate_thread (self, fp);
13405 if (tp->pass_count)
13406 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " passcount %d\n", tp->pass_count);
13410 tracepoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13411 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13412 enum bptype type_wanted,
13413 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13415 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13416 addr_start, copy_arg);
13420 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13421 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13423 char *extra_string,
13424 enum bptype type_wanted,
13425 enum bpdisp disposition,
13427 int task, int ignore_count,
13428 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13429 int from_tty, int enabled,
13430 int internal, unsigned flags)
13432 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical,
13433 cond_string, extra_string,
13435 disposition, thread, task,
13436 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13437 enabled, internal, flags);
13441 tracepoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13442 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13444 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
13447 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
13449 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
13453 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13454 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13455 enum bptype type_wanted,
13456 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13458 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13459 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13460 addr_start, copy_arg);
13464 tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13465 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13467 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13468 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (b, s, sals);
13471 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
13473 /* Dprintf breakpoint_ops methods. */
13476 dprintf_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13478 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
13480 /* This breakpoint could have been pending, and be resolved now, and
13481 if so, we should now have the extra string. If we don't, the
13482 dprintf was malformed when created, but we couldn't tell because
13483 we can't extract the extra string until the location is
13485 if (b->loc != NULL && b->extra_string == NULL)
13486 error (_("Format string required"));
13488 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
13489 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
13490 3 - disconnect from target 1
13491 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
13493 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
13494 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
13495 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
13496 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
13497 it all the time. */
13498 if (b->extra_string != NULL)
13499 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
13502 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for dprintf. */
13505 dprintf_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
13507 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "dprintf %s%s", tp->addr_string,
13509 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
13512 /* Implement the "after_condition_true" breakpoint_ops method for
13515 dprintf's are implemented with regular commands in their command
13516 list, but we run the commands here instead of before presenting the
13517 stop to the user, as dprintf's don't actually cause a stop. This
13518 also makes it so that the commands of multiple dprintfs at the same
13519 address are all handled. */
13522 dprintf_after_condition_true (struct bpstats *bs)
13524 struct cleanup *old_chain;
13525 struct bpstats tmp_bs = { NULL };
13526 struct bpstats *tmp_bs_p = &tmp_bs;
13528 /* dprintf's never cause a stop. This wasn't set in the
13529 check_status hook instead because that would make the dprintf's
13530 condition not be evaluated. */
13533 /* Run the command list here. Take ownership of it instead of
13534 copying. We never want these commands to run later in
13535 bpstat_do_actions, if a breakpoint that causes a stop happens to
13536 be set at same address as this dprintf, or even if running the
13537 commands here throws. */
13538 tmp_bs.commands = bs->commands;
13539 bs->commands = NULL;
13540 old_chain = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&tmp_bs.commands);
13542 bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tmp_bs_p);
13544 /* 'tmp_bs.commands' will usually be NULL by now, but
13545 bpstat_do_actions_1 may return early without processing the whole
13547 do_cleanups (old_chain);
13550 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13554 strace_marker_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13555 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13556 enum bptype type_wanted,
13557 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13559 struct linespec_sals lsal;
13561 lsal.sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (arg);
13563 *copy_arg = savestring (addr_start, *arg - addr_start);
13565 canonical->addr_string = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13566 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13567 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
13571 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13572 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13574 char *extra_string,
13575 enum bptype type_wanted,
13576 enum bpdisp disposition,
13578 int task, int ignore_count,
13579 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13580 int from_tty, int enabled,
13581 int internal, unsigned flags)
13584 struct linespec_sals *lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals,
13585 canonical->sals, 0);
13587 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13588 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13589 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13590 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13591 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13592 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13594 for (i = 0; i < lsal->sals.nelts; ++i)
13596 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
13597 struct tracepoint *tp;
13598 struct cleanup *old_chain;
13601 expanded.nelts = 1;
13602 expanded.sals = &lsal->sals.sals[i];
13604 addr_string = xstrdup (canonical->addr_string);
13605 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
13607 tp = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
13608 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp->base, gdbarch, expanded,
13610 cond_string, extra_string,
13611 type_wanted, disposition,
13612 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
13613 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
13614 canonical->special_display);
13615 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13616 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13617 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13618 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13619 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13620 corresponds to this one */
13621 tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx = i;
13623 install_breakpoint (internal, &tp->base, 0);
13625 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
13630 strace_marker_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13631 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13633 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13635 *sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (s);
13636 if (sals->nelts > tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx)
13638 sals->sals[0] = sals->sals[tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx];
13642 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13645 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13648 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b)
13650 return b->ops == &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13653 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13657 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
13659 struct breakpoint *b;
13661 gdb_assert (bpt != NULL);
13663 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13664 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13667 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13668 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13669 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13670 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13671 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13674 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13675 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13676 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13677 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13679 if (bpt->type == bp_none)
13682 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13683 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13684 if (bpt->related_breakpoint != bpt)
13686 struct breakpoint *related;
13687 struct watchpoint *w;
13689 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
13690 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt->related_breakpoint;
13691 else if (bpt->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
13692 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
13696 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w);
13698 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13699 for (related = bpt; related->related_breakpoint != bpt;
13700 related = related->related_breakpoint);
13701 related->related_breakpoint = bpt->related_breakpoint;
13702 bpt->related_breakpoint = bpt;
13705 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13706 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13707 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13708 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13710 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt);
13712 if (breakpoint_chain == bpt)
13713 breakpoint_chain = bpt->next;
13715 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13716 if (b->next == bpt)
13718 b->next = bpt->next;
13722 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13724 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13725 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13726 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13727 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13728 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13729 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13730 commands won't work. */
13732 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback, bpt);
13734 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13735 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13736 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13737 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13738 might be better design to have location completely
13739 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13740 update_global_location_list (0);
13742 bpt->ops->dtor (bpt);
13743 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13744 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13745 bpt->type = bp_none;
13750 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b)
13752 delete_breakpoint (b);
13756 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
13758 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup, b);
13761 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13762 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13765 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint *b,
13766 void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
13770 struct breakpoint *related;
13775 struct breakpoint *next;
13777 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13778 next = related->related_breakpoint;
13780 if (next == related)
13782 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13783 function (related, data);
13785 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13786 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13791 function (related, data);
13795 while (related != b);
13799 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
13801 delete_breakpoint (b);
13804 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
13805 delete_breakpoint. */
13808 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
13810 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
13814 delete_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
13816 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
13822 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
13824 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13825 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13826 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13827 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13828 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
13830 breaks_to_delete = 1;
13834 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13836 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13838 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
13839 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
13840 delete_breakpoint (b);
13844 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
13848 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location *loc)
13850 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
13851 if (!loc->shlib_disabled
13852 && !loc->pspace->executing_startup)
13857 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
13858 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
13859 Null names are ignored. */
13862 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location *loc)
13864 struct bp_location *l;
13865 htab_t htab = htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string,
13866 (int (*) (const void *,
13867 const void *)) streq,
13868 NULL, xcalloc, xfree);
13870 for (l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->next)
13873 const char *name = l->function_name;
13875 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
13879 slot = (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab, (const void *) name,
13881 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
13885 htab_delete (htab);
13891 htab_delete (htab);
13895 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
13896 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
13897 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
13898 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
13899 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
13900 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
13901 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
13902 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
13905 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
13906 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
13907 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
13908 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
13909 in the sources, and output a warning.
13911 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
13912 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
13913 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
13914 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
13915 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
13918 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
13919 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
13920 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
13921 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
13922 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
13923 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
13924 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
13925 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
13926 precisely because it confuses tools). */
13928 static struct symtab_and_line
13929 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct symtab_and_line sal)
13931 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13932 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
13937 find_line_pc (sal.symtab, sal.line, &pc);
13939 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc, &marker))
13941 if (strcmp (tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id) != 0)
13942 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
13944 tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id);
13946 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13947 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
13948 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
13953 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
13955 if (!sal.explicit_pc
13957 && sal.symtab != NULL
13958 && tp->static_trace_marker_id != NULL)
13960 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers;
13963 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13965 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
13967 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
13968 struct symbol *sym;
13969 struct static_tracepoint_marker *tpmarker;
13970 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13972 tpmarker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, 0);
13974 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13975 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (tpmarker->str_id);
13977 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
13978 "found at previous line number"),
13979 b->number, tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13983 sal2.pc = tpmarker->address;
13985 sal2 = find_pc_line (tpmarker->address, 0);
13986 sym = find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker->address, NULL);
13987 ui_out_text (uiout, "Now in ");
13990 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
13991 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
13992 ui_out_text (uiout, " at ");
13994 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file",
13995 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2.symtab));
13996 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
13998 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
14000 const char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal2.symtab);
14002 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
14005 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", sal2.line);
14006 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
14008 b->loc->line_number = sal2.line;
14009 b->loc->symtab = sym != NULL ? sal2.symtab : NULL;
14011 xfree (b->addr_string);
14012 b->addr_string = xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
14013 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2.symtab),
14014 b->loc->line_number);
14016 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
14019 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker);
14025 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
14026 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
14029 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location *a, struct bp_location *b)
14033 if (a->address != b->address)
14036 if (a->shlib_disabled != b->shlib_disabled)
14039 if (a->enabled != b->enabled)
14046 if ((a == NULL) != (b == NULL))
14052 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
14053 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
14054 a ranged breakpoint. */
14057 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint *b,
14058 struct symtabs_and_lines sals,
14059 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end)
14062 struct bp_location *existing_locations = b->loc;
14064 if (sals_end.nelts != 0 && (sals.nelts != 1 || sals_end.nelts != 1))
14066 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
14068 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14069 update_global_location_list (1);
14070 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
14071 "multiple locations found\n"),
14076 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
14077 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
14078 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
14079 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
14080 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
14081 individual locations. */
14082 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations) && sals.nelts == 0)
14087 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
14089 struct bp_location *new_loc;
14091 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals.sals[i].pspace);
14093 new_loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &(sals.sals[i]));
14095 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
14097 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
14100 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14102 s = b->cond_string;
14103 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
14105 new_loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, sals.sals[i].pc,
14106 block_for_pc (sals.sals[i].pc),
14111 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
14112 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
14113 b->number, e.message);
14114 new_loc->enabled = 0;
14118 if (sals_end.nelts)
14120 CORE_ADDR end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end.sals[0]);
14122 new_loc->length = end - sals.sals[0].pc + 1;
14126 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
14127 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent)
14128 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
14130 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
14133 struct bp_location *e = existing_locations;
14134 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
14135 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
14136 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
14137 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
14138 often enough until a better solution is found. */
14139 int have_ambiguous_names = ambiguous_names_p (b->loc);
14141 for (; e; e = e->next)
14143 if (!e->enabled && e->function_name)
14145 struct bp_location *l = b->loc;
14146 if (have_ambiguous_names)
14148 for (; l; l = l->next)
14149 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e, l))
14157 for (; l; l = l->next)
14158 if (l->function_name
14159 && strcmp (e->function_name, l->function_name) == 0)
14169 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations, b->loc))
14170 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
14172 update_global_location_list (1);
14175 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
14176 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
14178 static struct symtabs_and_lines
14179 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint *b, char *addr_string, int *found)
14182 struct symtabs_and_lines sals = {0};
14183 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14185 gdb_assert (b->ops != NULL);
14188 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
14190 b->ops->decode_linespec (b, &s, &sals);
14194 int not_found_and_ok = 0;
14195 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
14196 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
14197 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
14198 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
14199 state, then user already saw the message about that
14200 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
14202 if (e.error == NOT_FOUND_ERROR
14203 && (b->condition_not_parsed
14204 || (b->loc && b->loc->shlib_disabled)
14205 || (b->loc && b->loc->pspace->executing_startup)
14206 || b->enable_state == bp_disabled))
14207 not_found_and_ok = 1;
14209 if (!not_found_and_ok)
14211 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
14212 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
14213 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
14214 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
14215 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
14216 which approach is better. */
14217 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14218 throw_exception (e);
14222 if (e.reason == 0 || e.error != NOT_FOUND_ERROR)
14226 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
14227 resolve_sal_pc (&sals.sals[i]);
14228 if (b->condition_not_parsed && s && s[0])
14230 char *cond_string, *extra_string;
14233 find_condition_and_thread (s, sals.sals[0].pc,
14234 &cond_string, &thread, &task,
14237 b->cond_string = cond_string;
14238 b->thread = thread;
14241 b->extra_string = extra_string;
14242 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
14245 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint && !strace_marker_p (b))
14246 sals.sals[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b, sals.sals[0]);
14256 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
14257 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
14261 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *b)
14264 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, sals_end;
14265 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded = {0};
14266 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end = {0};
14268 sals = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string, &found);
14271 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
14275 if (b->addr_string_range_end)
14277 sals_end = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string_range_end, &found);
14280 make_cleanup (xfree, sals_end.sals);
14281 expanded_end = sals_end;
14285 update_breakpoint_locations (b, expanded, expanded_end);
14288 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
14289 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
14292 create_sals_from_address_default (char **arg,
14293 struct linespec_result *canonical,
14294 enum bptype type_wanted,
14295 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
14297 parse_breakpoint_sals (arg, canonical);
14300 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
14301 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
14305 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14306 struct linespec_result *canonical,
14308 char *extra_string,
14309 enum bptype type_wanted,
14310 enum bpdisp disposition,
14312 int task, int ignore_count,
14313 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
14314 int from_tty, int enabled,
14315 int internal, unsigned flags)
14317 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, canonical, cond_string,
14319 type_wanted, disposition,
14320 thread, task, ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
14321 enabled, internal, flags);
14324 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
14325 default function for the `decode_linespec' method of breakpoint_ops. */
14328 decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
14329 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
14331 struct linespec_result canonical;
14333 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
14334 decode_line_full (s, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
14335 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
14336 &canonical, multiple_symbols_all,
14339 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
14340 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) < 2);
14342 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 0)
14344 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
14346 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
14347 *sals = lsal->sals;
14348 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
14350 lsal->sals.sals = NULL;
14353 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
14356 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
14358 static struct cleanup *
14359 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint *b)
14361 struct cleanup *cleanups;
14363 input_radix = b->input_radix;
14364 cleanups = save_current_space_and_thread ();
14365 if (b->pspace != NULL)
14366 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b->pspace);
14367 set_language (b->language);
14372 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
14373 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
14374 Unused in this case. */
14377 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint)
14379 /* Get past catch_errs. */
14380 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) bint;
14381 struct cleanup *cleanups;
14383 cleanups = prepare_re_set_context (b);
14384 b->ops->re_set (b);
14385 do_cleanups (cleanups);
14389 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
14391 breakpoint_re_set (void)
14393 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
14394 enum language save_language;
14395 int save_input_radix;
14396 struct cleanup *old_chain;
14398 save_language = current_language->la_language;
14399 save_input_radix = input_radix;
14400 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
14402 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
14404 /* Format possible error msg. */
14405 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
14407 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
14408 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one, b, message, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
14409 do_cleanups (cleanups);
14411 set_language (save_language);
14412 input_radix = save_input_radix;
14414 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14416 do_cleanups (old_chain);
14418 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14419 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14420 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14421 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14424 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14426 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14427 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14429 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b)
14431 if (b->thread != -1)
14433 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
14434 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
14436 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14437 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14438 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14440 b->loc->pspace = current_program_space;
14444 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14445 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14446 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14449 set_ignore_count (int bptnum, int count, int from_tty)
14451 struct breakpoint *b;
14456 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14457 if (b->number == bptnum)
14459 if (is_tracepoint (b))
14461 if (from_tty && count != 0)
14462 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14467 b->ignore_count = count;
14471 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14472 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14474 else if (count == 1)
14475 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14478 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14479 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14482 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
14486 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum);
14489 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14492 ignore_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14498 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14500 num = get_number (&p);
14502 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args);
14504 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14506 set_ignore_count (num,
14507 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p))),
14510 printf_filtered ("\n");
14513 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
14514 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
14517 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args, void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
14522 struct breakpoint *b, *tmp;
14524 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
14527 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14529 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
14531 while (!state.finished)
14533 char *p = state.string;
14537 num = get_number_or_range (&state);
14540 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p);
14544 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp)
14545 if (b->number == num)
14548 function (b, data);
14552 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num);
14557 static struct bp_location *
14558 find_location_by_number (char *number)
14560 char *dot = strchr (number, '.');
14564 struct breakpoint *b;
14565 struct bp_location *loc;
14570 bp_num = get_number (&p1);
14572 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
14574 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14575 if (b->number == bp_num)
14580 if (!b || b->number != bp_num)
14581 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
14584 loc_num = get_number (&p1);
14586 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number);
14590 for (;loc_num && loc; --loc_num, loc = loc->next)
14593 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot+1);
14599 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14600 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14601 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14604 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14606 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14607 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14608 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14609 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
14612 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
14613 if (bpt->enable_state == bp_permanent)
14616 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14618 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14619 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14621 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14622 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
14624 struct bp_location *location;
14626 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
14627 target_disable_tracepoint (location);
14630 update_global_location_list (0);
14632 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14635 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
14638 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14640 disable_breakpoint (b);
14643 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14644 disable_breakpoint. */
14647 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14649 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
14653 disable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14657 struct breakpoint *bpt;
14659 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
14660 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
14661 disable_breakpoint (bpt);
14665 char *num = extract_arg (&args);
14669 if (strchr (num, '.'))
14671 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (num);
14678 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
14680 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14681 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
14682 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
14683 target_disable_tracepoint (loc);
14685 update_global_location_list (0);
14688 map_breakpoint_numbers (num, do_map_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
14689 num = extract_arg (&args);
14695 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bpdisp disposition,
14698 int target_resources_ok;
14700 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
14703 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14704 target_resources_ok =
14705 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
14707 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
14708 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14709 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
14710 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14713 if (is_watchpoint (bpt))
14715 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14716 enum enable_state orig_enable_state = 0;
14717 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14719 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
14721 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
14723 orig_enable_state = bpt->enable_state;
14724 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14725 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
14729 bpt->enable_state = orig_enable_state;
14730 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14736 if (bpt->enable_state != bp_permanent)
14737 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14739 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14741 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14742 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14744 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14745 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
14747 struct bp_location *location;
14749 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
14750 target_enable_tracepoint (location);
14753 bpt->disposition = disposition;
14754 bpt->enable_count = count;
14755 update_global_location_list (1);
14757 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14762 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14764 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, bpt->disposition, 0);
14768 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
14770 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
14773 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14774 enable_breakpoint. */
14777 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14779 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
14782 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
14783 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
14784 in stopping the inferior. */
14787 enable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14791 struct breakpoint *bpt;
14793 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
14794 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
14795 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
14799 char *num = extract_arg (&args);
14803 if (strchr (num, '.'))
14805 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (num);
14812 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
14814 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14815 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
14816 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
14817 target_enable_tracepoint (loc);
14819 update_global_location_list (1);
14822 map_breakpoint_numbers (num, do_map_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
14823 num = extract_arg (&args);
14828 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
14838 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
14840 struct disp_data disp_data = *(struct disp_data *) arg;
14842 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, disp_data.disp, disp_data.count);
14846 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
14848 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, 1 };
14850 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
14854 enable_once_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14856 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint, NULL);
14860 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *countptr)
14862 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, *(int *) countptr };
14864 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
14868 enable_count_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14870 int count = get_number (&args);
14872 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint, &count);
14876 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
14878 struct disp_data disp = { disp_del, 1 };
14880 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
14884 enable_delete_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14886 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
14890 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
14895 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
14899 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
14900 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
14904 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior *inferior,
14905 CORE_ADDR addr, ssize_t len,
14906 const bfd_byte *data)
14908 struct breakpoint *bp;
14910 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
14911 if (bp->enable_state == bp_enabled
14912 && bp->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
14914 struct watchpoint *wp = (struct watchpoint *) bp;
14916 if (wp->val_valid && wp->val)
14918 struct bp_location *loc;
14920 for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
14921 if (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
14922 && loc->address + loc->length > addr
14923 && addr + len > loc->address)
14925 value_free (wp->val);
14933 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
14934 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
14935 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
14936 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
14940 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14941 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
14943 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt;
14945 bp_tgt = XZALLOC (struct bp_target_info);
14947 bp_tgt->placed_address_space = aspace;
14948 bp_tgt->placed_address = pc;
14950 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt) != 0)
14952 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
14960 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by
14961 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
14964 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, void *bp)
14966 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = bp;
14969 ret = target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt);
14975 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single
14978 static void *single_step_breakpoints[2];
14979 static struct gdbarch *single_step_gdbarch[2];
14981 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
14984 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14985 struct address_space *aspace,
14990 if (single_step_breakpoints[0] == NULL)
14992 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[0];
14993 single_step_gdbarch[0] = gdbarch;
14997 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[1] == NULL);
14998 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[1];
14999 single_step_gdbarch[1] = gdbarch;
15002 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would
15003 be to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on
15004 the breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint.
15005 We could adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing
15006 this requires corresponding changes elsewhere where single step
15007 breakpoints are handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
15009 *bpt_p = deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, aspace, next_pc);
15010 if (*bpt_p == NULL)
15011 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
15012 paddress (gdbarch, next_pc));
15015 /* Check if the breakpoints used for software single stepping
15016 were inserted or not. */
15019 single_step_breakpoints_inserted (void)
15021 return (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL
15022 || single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL);
15025 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
15028 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
15030 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL);
15032 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
15034 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[0],
15035 single_step_breakpoints[0]);
15036 single_step_gdbarch[0] = NULL;
15037 single_step_breakpoints[0] = NULL;
15039 if (single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL)
15041 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[1],
15042 single_step_breakpoints[1]);
15043 single_step_gdbarch[1] = NULL;
15044 single_step_breakpoints[1] = NULL;
15048 /* Delete software single step breakpoints without removing them from
15049 the inferior. This is intended to be used if the inferior's address
15050 space where they were inserted is already gone, e.g. after exit or
15054 cancel_single_step_breakpoints (void)
15058 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
15059 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
15061 xfree (single_step_breakpoints[i]);
15062 single_step_breakpoints[i] = NULL;
15063 single_step_gdbarch[i] = NULL;
15067 /* Detach software single-step breakpoints from INFERIOR_PTID without
15071 detach_single_step_breakpoints (void)
15075 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
15076 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
15077 target_remove_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[i],
15078 single_step_breakpoints[i]);
15081 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
15085 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
15090 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
15092 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = single_step_breakpoints[i];
15094 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt->placed_address_space,
15095 bp_tgt->placed_address,
15103 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
15104 non-zero otherwise. */
15106 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *bp)
15108 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp)
15109 && bp->enable_state != bp_disabled
15110 && bp->enable_state != bp_call_disabled)
15117 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
15119 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
15120 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (current_inferior ());
15122 return inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0;
15126 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number)
15128 struct breakpoint *bp;
15130 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
15131 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp))
15133 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bp;
15135 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
15139 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
15141 if (syscall_number == iter)
15151 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
15152 static VEC (char_ptr) *
15153 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
15154 const char *text, const char *word)
15156 const char **list = get_syscall_names ();
15157 VEC (char_ptr) *retlist
15158 = (list == NULL) ? NULL : complete_on_enum (list, word, word);
15164 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
15166 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
15168 set_tracepoint_count (int num)
15170 tracepoint_count = num;
15171 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num);
15175 trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15177 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15178 const char *arg_cp = arg;
15180 if (arg && probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp))
15181 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15183 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15185 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15187 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15189 bp_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15190 0 /* Ignore count */,
15191 pending_break_support,
15195 0 /* internal */, 0);
15199 ftrace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15201 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15203 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15205 bp_fast_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15206 0 /* Ignore count */,
15207 pending_break_support,
15208 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
15211 0 /* internal */, 0);
15214 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
15217 strace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15219 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15221 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
15222 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
15223 if (arg && strncmp (arg, "-m", 2) == 0 && isspace (arg[2]))
15224 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
15226 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15228 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15230 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15232 bp_static_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15233 0 /* Ignore count */,
15234 pending_break_support,
15238 0 /* internal */, 0);
15241 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
15242 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
15244 static struct uploaded_tp *this_utp;
15245 static int next_cmd;
15248 read_uploaded_action (void)
15252 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, this_utp->cmd_strings, next_cmd, rslt);
15259 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
15260 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
15261 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
15262 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
15263 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
15265 struct tracepoint *
15266 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp *utp)
15268 char *addr_str, small_buf[100];
15269 struct tracepoint *tp;
15271 if (utp->at_string)
15272 addr_str = utp->at_string;
15275 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
15276 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
15277 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
15279 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
15280 "source location, using raw address"),
15282 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "*%s", hex_string (utp->addr));
15283 addr_str = small_buf;
15286 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
15287 if (utp->cond && !utp->cond_string)
15288 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
15289 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
15292 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15294 utp->cond_string, -1, NULL,
15295 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
15297 utp->type /* type_wanted */,
15298 0 /* Ignore count */,
15299 pending_break_support,
15300 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
15302 utp->enabled /* enabled */,
15304 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED))
15307 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
15308 tp = get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count);
15309 gdb_assert (tp != NULL);
15313 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "%d %d", utp->pass,
15316 trace_pass_command (small_buf, 0);
15319 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
15320 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
15321 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
15323 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->cmd_strings))
15325 struct command_line *cmd_list;
15330 cmd_list = read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action, 1, NULL, NULL);
15332 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp->base, cmd_list);
15334 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->actions)
15335 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->step_actions))
15336 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
15337 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
15340 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
15341 tp->base.hit_count = utp->hit_count;
15342 tp->traceframe_usage = utp->traceframe_usage;
15347 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
15351 tracepoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
15353 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
15356 num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_tracepoint);
15358 if (num_printed == 0)
15360 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
15361 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
15363 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
15366 default_collect_info ();
15369 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
15370 Not supported by all targets. */
15372 enable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15374 enable_command (args, from_tty);
15377 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
15378 Not supported by all targets. */
15380 disable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15382 disable_command (args, from_tty);
15385 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
15387 delete_trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15389 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
15395 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
15397 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
15398 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
15399 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
15401 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15402 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
15404 breaks_to_delete = 1;
15408 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
15410 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
15412 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
15413 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
15414 delete_breakpoint (b);
15418 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
15421 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
15424 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint *tp, int count, int from_tty)
15426 tp->pass_count = count;
15427 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (&tp->base);
15429 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
15430 tp->base.number, count);
15433 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
15435 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
15436 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
15437 Also accepts special argument "all". */
15440 trace_pass_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15442 struct tracepoint *t1;
15443 unsigned int count;
15445 if (args == 0 || *args == 0)
15446 error (_("passcount command requires an "
15447 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15449 count = strtoul (args, &args, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15451 args = skip_spaces (args);
15452 if (*args && strncasecmp (args, "all", 3) == 0)
15454 struct breakpoint *b;
15456 args += 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15458 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15460 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15462 t1 = (struct tracepoint *) b;
15463 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15466 else if (*args == '\0')
15468 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, NULL, 1);
15470 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15474 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
15476 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
15477 while (!state.finished)
15479 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, &state, 1);
15481 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15486 struct tracepoint *
15487 get_tracepoint (int num)
15489 struct breakpoint *t;
15491 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
15492 if (t->number == num)
15493 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
15498 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15499 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15502 struct tracepoint *
15503 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num)
15505 struct breakpoint *b;
15507 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15509 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
15511 if (t->number_on_target == num)
15518 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15519 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15520 If OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
15521 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15522 struct tracepoint *
15523 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg,
15524 struct get_number_or_range_state *state,
15527 struct breakpoint *t;
15529 char *instring = arg == NULL ? NULL : *arg;
15533 gdb_assert (!state->finished);
15534 tpnum = get_number_or_range (state);
15536 else if (arg == NULL || *arg == NULL || ! **arg)
15539 tpnum = tracepoint_count;
15541 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
15544 tpnum = get_number (arg);
15548 if (instring && *instring)
15549 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15552 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing "
15553 "and no previous tracepoint\n"));
15557 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
15558 if (t->number == tpnum)
15560 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
15563 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum);
15568 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
15570 if (b->thread != -1)
15571 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " thread %d", b->thread);
15574 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " task %d", b->task);
15576 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
15579 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15580 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15581 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15585 save_breakpoints (char *filename, int from_tty,
15586 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
15588 struct breakpoint *tp;
15590 struct cleanup *cleanup;
15591 struct ui_file *fp;
15592 int extra_trace_bits = 0;
15594 if (filename == 0 || *filename == 0)
15595 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15597 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15598 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15600 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15601 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15604 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15605 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15610 if (is_tracepoint (tp))
15612 extra_trace_bits = 1;
15614 /* We can stop searching. */
15621 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15625 filename = tilde_expand (filename);
15626 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, filename);
15627 fp = gdb_fopen (filename, "w");
15629 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15630 filename, safe_strerror (errno));
15631 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp);
15633 if (extra_trace_bits)
15634 save_trace_state_variables (fp);
15636 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15638 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15639 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15642 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15643 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15646 tp->ops->print_recreate (tp, fp);
15648 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15649 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15652 if (tp->cond_string)
15653 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp->cond_string);
15655 if (tp->ignore_count)
15656 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp->ignore_count);
15658 if (tp->type != bp_dprintf && tp->commands)
15660 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
15662 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " commands\n");
15664 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, fp);
15665 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
15667 print_command_lines (current_uiout, tp->commands->commands, 2);
15669 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, NULL);
15672 throw_exception (ex);
15674 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " end\n");
15677 if (tp->enable_state == bp_disabled)
15678 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable\n");
15680 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15681 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15682 special, and not user visible. */
15683 if (!is_watchpoint (tp) && tp->loc && tp->loc->next)
15685 struct bp_location *loc;
15688 for (loc = tp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next, n++)
15690 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n);
15694 if (extra_trace_bits && *default_collect)
15695 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect);
15698 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename);
15699 do_cleanups (cleanup);
15702 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15705 save_breakpoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15707 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, NULL);
15710 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15713 save_tracepoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15715 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, is_tracepoint);
15718 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15720 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
15721 all_tracepoints (void)
15723 VEC(breakpoint_p) *tp_vec = 0;
15724 struct breakpoint *tp;
15726 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp)
15728 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p, tp_vec, tp);
15735 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15736 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15737 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15739 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15740 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15741 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15742 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15743 guessed probe type) or `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe).\n\
15744 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
15745 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
15746 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
15747 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
15748 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15749 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15751 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15752 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15754 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15755 conditions are different.\n\
15757 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15759 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15760 static struct cmd_list_element *catch_cmdlist;
15762 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15763 static struct cmd_list_element *tcatch_cmdlist;
15766 add_catch_command (char *name, char *docstring,
15767 void (*sfunc) (char *args, int from_tty,
15768 struct cmd_list_element *command),
15769 completer_ftype *completer,
15770 void *user_data_catch,
15771 void *user_data_tcatch)
15773 struct cmd_list_element *command;
15775 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
15777 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
15778 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_catch);
15779 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
15781 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
15783 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
15784 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_tcatch);
15785 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
15789 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior *inf)
15791 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
15792 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
15794 inf_data->total_syscalls_count = 0;
15795 inf_data->any_syscall_count = 0;
15796 VEC_free (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts);
15800 save_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15802 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15803 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15804 help_list (save_cmdlist, "save ", -1, gdb_stdout);
15807 struct breakpoint *
15808 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback) (struct breakpoint *, void *),
15811 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
15813 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
15815 if ((*callback) (b, data))
15822 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15823 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15826 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint *b)
15828 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15829 non-inline function. */
15830 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
15836 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15837 have been inlined. */
15840 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
15841 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
15843 struct breakpoint *b;
15844 struct bp_location *bl;
15846 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
15848 if (!is_non_inline_function (b))
15851 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
15853 if (!bl->shlib_disabled
15854 && bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, pc, ws))
15862 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
15865 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile *objfile)
15867 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
15869 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
15870 if (loc->symtab != NULL && loc->symtab->objfile == objfile)
15871 loc->symtab = NULL;
15875 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15877 static int initialized = 0;
15879 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15885 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15886 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15887 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15888 ops = &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15889 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15890 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15891 ops->insert_location = bkpt_insert_location;
15892 ops->remove_location = bkpt_remove_location;
15893 ops->breakpoint_hit = bkpt_breakpoint_hit;
15894 ops->create_sals_from_address = bkpt_create_sals_from_address;
15895 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal;
15896 ops->decode_linespec = bkpt_decode_linespec;
15898 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15899 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15900 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15901 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15902 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
15903 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
15904 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
15905 ops->print_recreate = bkpt_print_recreate;
15907 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15908 ops = &ranged_breakpoint_ops;
15909 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15910 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint;
15911 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint;
15912 ops->print_it = print_it_ranged_breakpoint;
15913 ops->print_one = print_one_ranged_breakpoint;
15914 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint;
15915 ops->print_mention = print_mention_ranged_breakpoint;
15916 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint;
15918 /* Internal breakpoints. */
15919 ops = &internal_breakpoint_ops;
15920 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15921 ops->re_set = internal_bkpt_re_set;
15922 ops->check_status = internal_bkpt_check_status;
15923 ops->print_it = internal_bkpt_print_it;
15924 ops->print_mention = internal_bkpt_print_mention;
15926 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
15927 ops = &momentary_breakpoint_ops;
15928 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15929 ops->re_set = momentary_bkpt_re_set;
15930 ops->check_status = momentary_bkpt_check_status;
15931 ops->print_it = momentary_bkpt_print_it;
15932 ops->print_mention = momentary_bkpt_print_mention;
15934 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception. */
15935 ops = &longjmp_breakpoint_ops;
15936 *ops = momentary_breakpoint_ops;
15937 ops->dtor = longjmp_bkpt_dtor;
15939 /* Probe breakpoints. */
15940 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15941 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15942 ops->insert_location = bkpt_probe_insert_location;
15943 ops->remove_location = bkpt_probe_remove_location;
15944 ops->create_sals_from_address = bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address;
15945 ops->decode_linespec = bkpt_probe_decode_linespec;
15948 ops = &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15949 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15950 ops->dtor = dtor_watchpoint;
15951 ops->re_set = re_set_watchpoint;
15952 ops->insert_location = insert_watchpoint;
15953 ops->remove_location = remove_watchpoint;
15954 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_watchpoint;
15955 ops->check_status = check_status_watchpoint;
15956 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_watchpoint;
15957 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_watchpoint;
15958 ops->print_it = print_it_watchpoint;
15959 ops->print_mention = print_mention_watchpoint;
15960 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_watchpoint;
15961 ops->explains_signal = explains_signal_watchpoint;
15963 /* Masked watchpoints. */
15964 ops = &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15965 *ops = watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15966 ops->insert_location = insert_masked_watchpoint;
15967 ops->remove_location = remove_masked_watchpoint;
15968 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_masked_watchpoint;
15969 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint;
15970 ops->print_it = print_it_masked_watchpoint;
15971 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint;
15972 ops->print_mention = print_mention_masked_watchpoint;
15973 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_masked_watchpoint;
15976 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15977 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15978 ops->re_set = tracepoint_re_set;
15979 ops->breakpoint_hit = tracepoint_breakpoint_hit;
15980 ops->print_one_detail = tracepoint_print_one_detail;
15981 ops->print_mention = tracepoint_print_mention;
15982 ops->print_recreate = tracepoint_print_recreate;
15983 ops->create_sals_from_address = tracepoint_create_sals_from_address;
15984 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal;
15985 ops->decode_linespec = tracepoint_decode_linespec;
15987 /* Probe tracepoints. */
15988 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15989 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15990 ops->create_sals_from_address = tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address;
15991 ops->decode_linespec = tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec;
15993 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
15994 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
15995 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15996 ops->create_sals_from_address = strace_marker_create_sals_from_address;
15997 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal;
15998 ops->decode_linespec = strace_marker_decode_linespec;
16000 /* Fork catchpoints. */
16001 ops = &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
16002 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16003 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_fork;
16004 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_fork;
16005 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_fork;
16006 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_fork;
16007 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_fork;
16008 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_fork;
16009 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_fork;
16011 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
16012 ops = &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
16013 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16014 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_vfork;
16015 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_vfork;
16016 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork;
16017 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_vfork;
16018 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_vfork;
16019 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_vfork;
16020 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_vfork;
16022 /* Exec catchpoints. */
16023 ops = &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
16024 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16025 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_exec;
16026 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_exec;
16027 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_exec;
16028 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_exec;
16029 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_exec;
16030 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_exec;
16031 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_exec;
16032 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_exec;
16034 /* Syscall catchpoints. */
16035 ops = &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
16036 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16037 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_syscall;
16038 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_syscall;
16039 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_syscall;
16040 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall;
16041 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_syscall;
16042 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_syscall;
16043 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_syscall;
16044 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_syscall;
16046 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
16047 ops = &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
16048 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16049 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_solib;
16050 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_solib;
16051 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_solib;
16052 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_solib;
16053 ops->check_status = check_status_catch_solib;
16054 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_solib;
16055 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_solib;
16056 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_solib;
16057 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_solib;
16059 ops = &dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
16060 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
16061 ops->re_set = dprintf_re_set;
16062 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
16063 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
16064 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
16065 ops->print_recreate = dprintf_print_recreate;
16066 ops->after_condition_true = dprintf_after_condition_true;
16069 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
16071 static struct cmd_list_element *enablebreaklist = NULL;
16074 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
16076 struct cmd_list_element *c;
16078 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
16080 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib);
16081 observer_attach_free_objfile (disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile);
16082 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts);
16083 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change);
16085 breakpoint_objfile_key
16086 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL, free_breakpoint_probes);
16088 catch_syscall_inferior_data
16089 = register_inferior_data_with_cleanup (NULL,
16090 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup);
16092 breakpoint_chain = 0;
16093 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
16094 before a breakpoint is set. */
16095 breakpoint_count = 0;
16097 tracepoint_count = 0;
16099 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint, ignore_command, _("\
16100 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
16101 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
16103 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint, 1);
16105 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint, commands_command, _("\
16106 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
16107 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
16108 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
16109 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
16110 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
16111 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
16112 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
16114 c = add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint, condition_command, _("\
16115 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
16116 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
16117 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
16118 set_cmd_completer (c, condition_completer);
16120 c = add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint, tbreak_command, _("\
16121 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
16122 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16123 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
16124 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
16126 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
16127 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16129 c = add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint, hbreak_command, _("\
16130 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16131 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
16132 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
16134 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
16135 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16137 c = add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint, thbreak_command, _("\
16138 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16139 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16140 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
16142 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
16143 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16145 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16146 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16147 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16148 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16149 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16150 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
16151 &enablelist, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist);
16153 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16154 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16155 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16156 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16157 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16158 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
16160 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16162 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16163 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16164 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16165 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16166 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
16167 &enablebreaklist, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist);
16169 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
16170 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16171 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16174 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
16175 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16176 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16179 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
16180 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16181 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16182 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16185 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
16186 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16187 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16190 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
16191 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16192 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16195 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
16196 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16197 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16198 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16201 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
16202 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16203 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16204 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16205 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
16206 &disablelist, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist);
16207 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16208 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16210 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
16211 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16212 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16213 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16214 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."));
16216 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, disable_command, _("\
16217 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16218 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16219 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16220 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
16221 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
16224 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
16225 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16226 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16227 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16229 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
16230 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
16231 &deletelist, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist);
16232 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
16233 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
16235 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
16236 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
16237 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16238 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
16240 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, delete_command, _("\
16241 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16242 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16243 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16244 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
16247 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint, clear_command, _("\
16248 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
16249 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16250 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
16251 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
16252 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
16254 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
16255 is executing in.\n\
16257 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
16258 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint, 1);
16260 c = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint, break_command, _("\
16261 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
16262 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
16263 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16265 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run, 1);
16266 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run, 1);
16267 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run, 1);
16268 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run, 1);
16271 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint, 1);
16275 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint, stop_command, _("\
16276 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
16277 &stoplist, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist);
16278 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint, stopin_command,
16279 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist);
16280 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint, stopat_command,
16281 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist);
16282 add_com ("status", class_info, breakpoints_info, _("\
16283 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16284 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16285 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16286 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16287 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16288 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16289 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16290 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16292 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16293 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16294 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16295 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16296 breakpoint set."));
16299 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info, _("\
16300 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
16301 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16302 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16303 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16304 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16305 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16306 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16307 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16309 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16310 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16311 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16312 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16313 breakpoint set."));
16315 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
16318 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint, breakpoints_info, _("\
16319 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16320 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16321 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16322 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16323 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16324 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16325 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16326 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16328 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16329 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16330 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16331 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16332 breakpoint set."));
16334 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance, maintenance_info_breakpoints, _("\
16335 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16336 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16337 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16338 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16339 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
16340 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
16341 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
16342 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
16343 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16344 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16345 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16346 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16348 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16349 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16350 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16351 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16353 &maintenanceinfolist);
16355 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint, catch_command, _("\
16356 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
16357 &catch_cmdlist, "catch ",
16358 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16360 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint, tcatch_command, _("\
16361 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
16362 &tcatch_cmdlist, "tcatch ",
16363 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16365 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
16366 catch_fork_command_1,
16368 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent,
16369 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary);
16370 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
16371 catch_fork_command_1,
16373 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent,
16374 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary);
16375 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
16376 catch_exec_command_1,
16380 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
16381 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
16382 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16383 catch_load_command_1,
16387 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
16388 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
16389 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16390 catch_unload_command_1,
16394 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
16395 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
16396 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
16397 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
16398 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
16399 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
16400 catch_syscall_command_1,
16401 catch_syscall_completer,
16405 c = add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint, watch_command, _("\
16406 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16407 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16408 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16409 an expression changes.\n\
16410 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16411 the memory to which it refers."));
16412 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16414 c = add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint, rwatch_command, _("\
16415 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16416 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16417 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16418 an expression is read.\n\
16419 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16420 the memory to which it refers."));
16421 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16423 c = add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint, awatch_command, _("\
16424 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16425 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16426 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16427 an expression is either read or written.\n\
16428 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16429 the memory to which it refers."));
16430 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16432 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info, _("\
16433 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
16435 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
16436 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
16437 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support,
16438 &can_use_hw_watchpoints, _("\
16439 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16440 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16441 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
16442 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
16443 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
16446 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints,
16447 &setlist, &showlist);
16449 can_use_hw_watchpoints = 1;
16451 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
16453 c = add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint, trace_command, _("\
16454 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16456 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
16457 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16458 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16460 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias, 0);
16461 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16462 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16463 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16465 c = add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint, ftrace_command, _("\
16466 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16468 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
16469 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16470 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16472 c = add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint, strace_command, _("\
16473 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
16475 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
16476 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
16477 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
16478 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
16479 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
16480 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
16481 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
16482 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
16483 the selected stack frame.\n\
16484 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
16485 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
16486 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
16487 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
16489 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16491 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16492 conditions are different.\n\
16494 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
16495 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16496 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16498 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info, _("\
16499 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
16500 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
16501 last tracepoint set."));
16503 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
16505 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, delete_trace_command, _("\
16506 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
16507 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16508 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
16510 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace, 1, &deletelist);
16512 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, disable_trace_command, _("\
16513 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
16514 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16515 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
16517 deprecate_cmd (c, "disable");
16519 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, enable_trace_command, _("\
16520 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
16521 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16522 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16524 deprecate_cmd (c, "enable");
16526 add_com ("passcount", class_trace, trace_pass_command, _("\
16527 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16528 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16529 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16530 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16532 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint, save_command,
16533 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16534 &save_cmdlist, "save ",
16535 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16537 c = add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, save_breakpoints_command, _("\
16538 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16539 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16540 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16541 session to restore them."),
16543 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
16545 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, save_tracepoints_command, _("\
16546 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
16547 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
16549 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
16551 c = add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace, 0);
16552 deprecate_cmd (c, "save tracepoints");
16554 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, set_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
16555 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16556 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16557 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16558 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, "set breakpoint ",
16559 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist);
16560 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, show_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
16561 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16562 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16563 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16564 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist, "show breakpoint ",
16565 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist);
16567 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class,
16568 &pending_break_support, _("\
16569 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16570 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16571 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
16572 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
16573 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
16574 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
16576 show_pending_break_support,
16577 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16578 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16580 pending_break_support = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
16582 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class,
16583 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints, _("\
16584 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16585 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16586 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
16587 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
16588 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
16590 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints,
16591 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16592 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16594 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support,
16595 &always_inserted_mode, _("\
16596 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16597 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16598 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
16599 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
16600 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
16601 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
16602 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
16603 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
16604 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
16605 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
16607 &show_always_inserted_mode,
16608 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16609 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16611 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint,
16612 condition_evaluation_enums,
16613 &condition_evaluation_mode_1, _("\
16614 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16615 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16616 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16617 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16618 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16619 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16620 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16621 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16622 be set to \"gdb\""),
16623 &set_condition_evaluation_mode,
16624 &show_condition_evaluation_mode,
16625 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16626 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16628 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint, break_range_command, _("\
16629 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16630 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16631 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16632 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16633 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16634 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16635 or the start of the range\n\
16636 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16637 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16638 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16640 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16641 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16642 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16644 c = add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint, dprintf_command, _("\
16645 Set a dynamic printf at specified line or function.\n\
16646 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16647 location may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16648 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
16649 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function."));
16650 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16652 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support,
16653 dprintf_style_enums, &dprintf_style, _("\
16654 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16655 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16656 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16657 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16658 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16659 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16660 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16661 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16662 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16663 &setlist, &showlist);
16665 dprintf_function = xstrdup ("printf");
16666 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support,
16667 &dprintf_function, _("\
16668 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16669 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16670 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16671 &setlist, &showlist);
16673 dprintf_channel = xstrdup ("");
16674 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support,
16675 &dprintf_channel, _("\
16676 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16677 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16678 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16679 &setlist, &showlist);
16681 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class,
16682 &disconnected_dprintf, _("\
16683 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16684 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16685 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16686 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16689 &setlist, &showlist);
16691 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars, agent_printf_command, _("\
16692 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16693 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16695 automatic_hardware_breakpoints = 1;
16697 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed);
16698 observer_attach_thread_exit (remove_threaded_breakpoints);